Nas 107

The
MacNeal-Schwendler
Corporation
815 Colorado Boulevard
Los Angeles, California 90041-1777
Tel: (213) 258-9111
FAX: (213) 259-3838
Design Sensitivity and Optimization in MSC/NASTRAN
SEMINAR NOTES
NAV70.5ZZZSM-NAS107-NT1
February 1999
Printed in U.S.A.
1998 by The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation
All rights reserved.
DISCLAIMER
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for educational
purposes only and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular
engineering problem or design. The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation assumes no
liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages
resulting from the use of any information contained herein.
The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation
Seminar Questionnaire
Rev 5/93
Seminar ____________________________ Date ____________________________
Location ____________________________ Instructor ____________________________
Your Name ____________________________ Title ____________________________
Company _____________________________________________________________________
Your feedback is very important in helping MSC meet the training needs of its clients. Your specic
written comments are especially helpful. Please use the following scale:
1 = poor 2 = marginal 3 = average 4 = good 5 = very good
(Continued on back)
Rating Category Comments
Effectiveness of instructor in
explaining technical concepts.
Ability of instructor to relate
seminar content to real-world
problem solving.
Organization of material in a
clear and understandable
manner.
Balance of material (i.e., theory
vs. practical, applied
engineering).
The MacNeal-Schwendler Corporation
Seminar Questionnaire (Cont.)
Rev 5/93
1 = poor 2 = marginal 3 = average 4 = good 5 = very good
Would you recommend this instructor for future classes? Why or why not? ______________________
__________________________________________________________________________________
Rating Category Comments
Quality of course handouts.
Usefulness of maps. Were you
abletolocatetheseminar room?
Any suggestions?
Impression of hotel
accommodations. At which
hotel did you stay? Any
problems?
How were the seminar lunches?
Overall impression of seminar.
Please offer suggestions for
improvement.
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SECTION
1.0 INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
MSC/NASTRAN IMPLEMENTATION OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
CONCEPTS PRESENTED IN THIS COURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GENERAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
2.0 NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATION
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
GRADIENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS. . . . . . . . . 2-32
3.0 DESIGN MODELING I
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS RELATED?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DVPREL1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
DESOBJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
DESGLB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
DOPTPRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
iv
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SECTION
4.0 EXAMPLES I
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
10-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT (M. J. Turner 1970) . . . . 4-15
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
5.0 SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS I
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
DLINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
MODE TRACKING FEATURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
MODE TRACKING REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
MODE TRACKING PARAMETERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
FREQUENCY MATCHING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
6.0 DESIGN MODELING II
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY RELATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
DVPREL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
DTABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR SECTION BAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH TYPE-2 RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
7.0 EXAMPLES II
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
25-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
8.0 SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS II
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SECTION
9.0 FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
CONSTRAINT SCREENING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
DSAPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
PARAM OPTEXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
10.0 SHAPE OPTIMIZATION
BASIC EQUATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
MANUAL GRID VARIATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
DVGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
AUXMODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
BNDGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SECTION
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION METHODS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-41
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND LIMITATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
11.0 DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
BASIC EQUATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18
12.0 SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . 12-5
13.0 AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
FLUTTER DESIGN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
HA200A INPUT FILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-31
A CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK DATA ENTRIES
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
AUXMODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
DESGLB. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
DESOBJ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
BULK DATA ENTRIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
BNDGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
DCONSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
vii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE SECTION
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
DLINK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
DOPTPRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
DSAPRT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37
DTABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-39
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-40
DVGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-41
DVPREL1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43
DVPREL2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-48
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-49
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
MSC/NASTRAN IMPLEMENTATION OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . 1-3
CONCEPTS PRESENTED IN THIS COURSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
GENERAL FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
1-1
WHAT IS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION? 1
Automated modifications of the analysis model parameters to achieve
a desired objective while satisfying specified design requirements.
WHAT ARE THE POSSIBLE APPLICATIONS?
Structural design improvements (optimization)
Generation of feasible designs from infeasible designs
Model matching to produce similar structural responses
System parameter identification
Configuration evaluations
Sensitivity analysis
Others - (depends on designers creativity)
1-2
BASIC FEATURES IMPLEMENTED IN MSC/NASTRAN
Easy access to design synthesis capabilities
Concept of design model
Flexibility for design model representation
User-supplied equation interpretation capability
Efficient solution for problems of any size
Number of finite element analyses as the measure of efficiency
1-3
MSC/NASTRAN Implementation of Structural
Optimization
One time around the loop is referred to as a design cycle or design
iteration.
Initial
Design
Improved
Design
Structural
Response
Analysis
Sensitivity
Analysis
Finite Element
Analysis
Constraint
Screening
Approximate
Model
Optimizer
Many Times
The required number of
iterations of the external loop
must be small.
1-4
Concepts Presented in this Course
Optimization
Sensitivity Analysis
Objective Function
Constrants
Design Model
Approximate Problem
Constraint Screening
Move Limits
Convergence
1-5
STRENGTHS OF MSC/NASTRAN STRUCTURAL
OPTIMIZATION
Efficient performance for small- to large-scale problems
Reliable convergence characteristics
Flexible user interface and user-defined equations
Full implementation of approximation concepts
Continuous enhancements
Results dependent on the proven reliability of MSC/NASTRAN
analysis
Commercial level support as a part of MSC/NASTRAN
Access to the familiar analysis tools in MSC/NASTRAN
1-6
GENERAL FUNCTIONS
Solution Sequence
200 - supports design sensitivity and optimization
Analysis Types
Statics
Normal modes
Buckling
Direct frequency*
Modal frequency*
Modal transient*
Static aeroelastic
Aeroelastic flutter
(*Includes acoustic responses)
Design Variables
Sizing properties(including superelements)
Shape(superelements with manual grid variation only)
1-7
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES
Version 69
Beam Cross Section Library
Element and Property Input Checks
Formatted Sensitivity Prints
Mode Tracking
Multiple Boundary Conditions
Buckling
Normal Modes
Flutter
New Natural Frequency Response Type
1-8
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)
Version 70
Adjoint Sensitivity Method
NVH Applications
Over 10x Performance and Disk Space Improvements
Response Type Dependent Approximation
1-9
SUMMARY OF NEW CAPABILITIES (Cont.)
Version 70.5
Machine Precision Optimization
Presentation of Weight as a Function of Material ID
Rigid Element Shape Sensitivities
Simultaneous Static and Static Aeroelasticity Analyses
1-10
BASIC OPTIMIZATION PROBLEM STATEMENT
Design variables
Find {X} = (X
1
, X
2
, . . ., X
N
)
Objective function:
Minimize F(X)
Subject to:
Inequality constraints:
G
j
(X) 0 j = 1, 2, . . ., L
Equality constraints:
H
k
(X) = 0 k = 1, 2, . . ., M
Side constraints:
x
i
L
x
i
x
i
u
i 1 2 . . . N , , , =
1-11
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS
Example 1:
Determination of equilibrium position in a two-spring system
(geometrically nonlinear deformation)
Undeformed Deformed
l
1
= 10 cm
l
2
= 10 cm
K
1
= 8N/cm
P
2
= 5N
P
1
= 5N
K
2
= 1N/cm
X
2
P
2
P
1
X
1
1-12
EXAMPLE FORMULATIONS (Cont.)
Potential energy of the system:
Equilibrium position may be found by minimizing the total potential
energy of the system:
Find X (X
1
, X
2
)
min F(X) PE(X
1
, X
2
)
PE
1
2
---K
1
l
1
( )
2
1
2
---K
2
l
2
( )
2
P
1
X
1
P
2
X
2
+ =
PE X
1
X
2
, ( )
1
2
---K
1
X
1
2
l
1
X
2
( )
2
+ l
1
[ ]
2
=
1
2
--- + K
2
X
1
2
l
2
X
2
( )
2
+ l
2
[ ]
2
P
1
X
1
P
2
X
2
1-13
Example 2: Gussetted Tube Connection
Minimize structural mass with constraints on:
Stresses in the gussets:
Buckling stresses in the tube:
Sizing and gauge requirements:
P
t
1
t
2
t
3
b
l
h
l
4
---
min plate

plate

max plate

tube

buck
t
1
t
1min
2t
1
b
t
2
t
2min
2t
2
h
t
3
t
3min
t
3
b
,
,
,
1-14
Optimization task statement
Minimize:
where:
v t
3
l
4
---
,
_
2
l bh h 2t
2
( ) b 2t
1
( ) [ ] + =
x { } b h t
1
t
2
t
3
[ ]
T
=
min plate

plate
0
plate

max plate
0
tube

buck
0
2t
1
b 0
2t
2
h 0
t
3
b 0
t
1
min
t
1
0
t
2
min
t
2
0
t
3
min
t
3
0
Design
Variables
Response
Constraints
Design
Constraints
Side
Constraints
1-15
Example 3: Best choice design among candidate designs
Assume three trial designs exist:
where
Not all designs may satisfy design requirements.
Choose the appropriate combination of , , and
which will minimize the structural weight, yet still satisfy all the
design requirements.
Proposed design:
Minimize:
Subject to:
Y { }
1
, Y { }
2
, Y { }
3
Y { }
i
A
1
, A
2
, r
1
, r
2
, t, l
1
, l
2
{ }
i
=
Y { }
1
Y { }
2
Y { }
3
Y { }
1
Y { }
1

2
Y { }
2

3
Y { }
3
+ + =
W F
1
,
2
,
3
( ) =
g
j
g
j

1
,
2
,
3
( ) 0 =
h
k
h
k

1
,
2
,
3
( ) 0 = =
1-16
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD
Design problem:
Minimize the weight of the structure by changing the bar
cross-sectional area, without violating limits on compressive
stress
Optimal Design:
P
, A, E
L
P = 1.0E4 N
L = 500 mm
A
init
= 75 mm
2
E = 7.0E4 N/mm
2
= 2.7E6 kg/mm
3
max
= 200 N/mm
2
max
P
A
opt
------------- =
A
opt
1.0E4 N 200 N mm
2
=
50 mm
2
=
1-17
ONE BAR SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD (Cont.)
ID MSC, D200X9
TIME 5
SOL 200
CEND
TITLE = STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION TEST PROBLEM (STATIC LOADING)
SUBTITLE = SINGLE BAR, 1 DOF, SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD
STRESS = ALL
DISP = ALL
SPC = 1
LOAD = 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DESOBJ(MIN) = 20 $ OBJECTIVE FUNCTION DEFINITION
DESSUB = 100 $ CONSTRAINT SET SELECTION
BEGIN BULK
$
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$
$ units are N, kg, mm:
$
GRID, 1, , 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 2, , 0.0, 0.0, 500.0
SPC, 1, 1, 123456
SPC, 1, 2, 12456
CROD, 1, 1, 1, 2
PROD, 1, 1, 75.
$ mm**2
MAT1, 1, 7.0E4, , 0.3, 2.7E-6
$ N/mm**2 kg/mm**3
FORCE, 1, 2, , 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, -1.0E4
$ N
$
$ DESIGN MODEL DESCRIPTION
$
DESVAR, 1, A, 75., 10., 150.
DVPREL1,1, PROD, 1, 4, , , , , +DVP1
+DVP1, 1, 1.0
DRESP1, 10, STRESS, STRESS, PROD, , 2, , 1
DRESP1, 20, WEIGHT, WEIGHT
DCONSTR,100, 10, -200., 200.
$ N/mm**2
DSCREEN,STRESS, -0.5, 1
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 2, DESMAX, 10, DELP, 0.5, P1, 1 +
+, P2, 15
ENDDATA
1
-
1
8
***** NORMAL CONVERGENCE CRITERIA SATISFIED ***** (HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
**************************************************************************************
CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA
(HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
RELATIVE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
OR ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-02
--- AND ---
MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT VALUE 3.1044E-04 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-03
(CONVERGENCE TO A FEASIBLE DESIGN)
--- OR ---
MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE PROP. CHANGES 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
AND MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
(CONVERGENCE TO A BEST COMPROMISE INFEASIBLE DESIGN)
**************************************************************************************
1
-
1
9
***************************************************************
S U M M A R Y O F D E S I G N C Y C L E H I S T O R Y
***************************************************************
(HARD CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED)
(SOFT CONVERGENCE ACHIEVED)
NUMBER OF FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSES COMPLETED 3
NUMBER OF OPTIMIZATIONS W.R.T. APPROXIMATE MODELS 2
OBJECTIVE AND MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT HISTORY
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OBJECTIVE FROM OBJECTIVE FROM FRACTIONAL ERROR MAXIMUM VALUE
CYCLE APPROXIMATE EXACT OF OF
NUMBER OPTIMIZATION ANALYSIS APPROXIMATION CONSTRAINT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 1.012500E-01 -3.333334E-01
1 6.746810E-02 6.747905E-02 -1.623075E-04 3.104401E-04
2 6.747905E-02 6.747905E-02 0.000000E+00 3.104401E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION TEST PROBLEM (STATIC LOADING) APRIL 20, 1995 MSC/NASTRAN 8/17/94 PAGE 38
SINGLE BAR, 1 DOF, SUBJECT TO COMPRESSIVE LOAD
DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL | EXTERNAL | |
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | INITIAL : 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : 5 :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A | 7.5000E+01 : 4.9984E+01 : 4.9984E+01 :
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
RUN TERMINATED DUE TO HARD CONVERGENCE TO AN OPTIMUM AT CYCLE NUMBER = 2.
1-20
SECTION 2
NUMERICAL OPTIMIZATION
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE VARIABLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
GRADIENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS . . 2-32
2-1
MINIMIZATION OF FUNCTIONS OF A SINGLE
VARIABLE 2
Consider the following function of a single variable X
extremum is defined for X
at which
The numerical optimizer samples this continuous function and uses
this data to estimate an extremum. For example, if the following
information is available:
we could use a quadratic polynomial approximation of the form:
F F X ( ) =
dF
dX
-------- 0 =
X
0
, F
0
( ), X
0
, F
0
( ), X
1
, F
1
( )
F
X ( ) a
0
a
1
X a
2
X
2
+ + =
2-2
VARIABLE (Cont.)
to construct 3 equations in 3 unknowns:
From which:
Therefore
Minimum at X
if a
2
> 0
Maximum at X
if a
2
< 0
F
0
a
1
2a
2
X
0
+ =
F
0
a
0
a
1
X
0
a
2
X
0
2
+ + =
F
1
a
0
a
1
X
1
a
2
X
1
2
+ + =
a
2
F
1
F
0
( ) X
1
X
0
( ) F
0
( )
X
1
X
0
( )
----------------------------------------------------------------------- =
a
1
F
0
2a
2
X
0
=
a
0
F
0
a
1
X
0
a
2
X
0
2
=
F
X ( ) a
1
2a
2
X + 0 = =
X
a
1
2a
2
----------
F
X ( ) 2a
2
=
2-3
VARIABLE (Cont.)
Unconstrained minimum:
Constrained minimum:
Side constraint
F(X)
F
opt
X
0
X
X
1
X
F(X)
F
opt
X
0
X
u
X
1
X
X X
u
X X
u
X
u
=
2-4
GRADIENTS
Multivariate function minimization in MSC/NASTRAN is gradient-
based.
Let:
i.e., a scalar function of n independent variables.
Gradient of a scalar function is defined as:
where are unit vectors in the n
th
direction.
Gradient operator is defined as:
or in tensor notation as:
f f X
1
, X
2
, , X
n
( ) =
f
f
X
1
----------
e
1
f
X
2
----------
e
2

f
X
n
----------
e
n
+ + + =
e
1
, e
2
, , e
n

X
1
----------e
1
X
2
----------e
2

X
n
----------e
n
+ + + =

X
i
--------e
i
=
2-5
GRADIENTS (Cont.)
Gradient of a scalar vector field
Example:
(Note that this is the equation for a family of circles in the X
1
, X
2
plane with centers at the origin and radii of .)
or
f and are continuous functions
Graphically:
Note that points in the direction of increasing function values.
f X
1
, X
2
( ) X
1
2
X
2
2
+ =
f
f X
1
, X
2
( )
f
X
1
----------e
1
f
X
2
----------e
2
+ =
2X
1
e
1
= 2X
2
e
2
+
f X
1
, X
2
( )
2X
1
2X
2

' ;

=
f
X
1
X
2
f X
1
X
2
, ( )
f
2-6
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS
Example: Equilibrium of two-spring system
Theoretical solution:
minimum occurs at
The corresponding two-variable design space is illustrated on the
next page.
PE
min
= 41.81 N cm
X
1
= 8.631 cm
X
2
= 4.533 cm
PE
1
2
---K
1
X
1
2
l
1
X
2
( )
2
+ l
1
2
=
1
2
---K
2
X
1
2
l
2
X
2
( )
2
+ l
2
2
P
1
X
1
P
2
X
2
+
PE ( )
PE ( )
X
1
----------------
PE ( )
X
2
----------------

' ;

0 = =
2-7
UNCONSTRAINED MINIMIZATION METHODS (Cont.)
Steepest descent:
Reductions in the objective function are sought by searching in a
direction given by the negative of the gradient.
Design updates given by:
X
2
8
6
4
2
0
2
4 2 2 4 6 8 10 12
X
1
100
80
60
40
30
20
10
X
1
S
2
X
0
S
1
X
2
X
3
X
4
X
5
X
6
8
10
20
30
40
+
X*
X
q
X
q 1
S
q
+ =
2-8
where
This method is popular, but inefficient. In MSC/NASTRAN we only
use it as the first iteration of other, more efficient methods.
S
q
F X
q 1
( )
F
X
1
----------
F
X
2
----------
F
X
1
----------

' ;

q 1
= =
.
.
.
2-9
Conjugate direction method
First iteration (q 1)
q
th
iteration (q > 1)
This method is easy to code and is a dramatic improvement over
the steepest descent method.
S
q
F X
q 1
( ) =
S
q
F X
q 1
( ) S
q 1
+ =
(Bias the new search direction
with previous information)
where
F X
q 1
( )
2
F X
q 2
( )
2
---------------------------------- =
X
2
8
6
4
2
0
2
4
2 2
4 6 8 10 12
X
1
100
80
60
40
30
20
10
X
1
S
2
X
0
8
10
20
30
40
S
3
X
3
X
5
X*
X
3
+
X
2
S
1
2-10
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR OPTIMALITY
Kuhn-Tucker conditions for optimality follow directly from a
generalization of Lagrange multipliers.
An optimum design is at hand if:
1. is feasible
2.
3.
unrestricted in sign, but not used in MSC/NASTRAN
X
g
j
X
( ) 0
h
k
X
( ) 0 =
j 1 m , , =
k 1 l , , =
j
g
j
X
( ) 0 =
j 1 m , , =
j
0
F X
( )
j
g
j
X
( )
j 1 =
m

k m +
h
k
X
( )
k 1 =
l
+ + 0 =
k m +
2-11
KUHN-TUCKER CONDITIONS FOR
OPTIMALITY (Cont.)
X
2
X
1
F X ( ) constant =
F X
( )
g
2
X
( )
g
1
X
( )
g
2
X ( ) 0 =
g
1
X ( ) 0 =
F X
( )
1
g
1
X
( )
2
g
2
X
( )
X
F X
( )
2-12
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE
Problem description
P = 2250 N
A
A
Section A-A
L = 500 cm
B
H
E 1 10
6
N
cm
2
------------ =
2-13
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)
Minimize V = B H L
Subject to:
Mc
l
-------- 700 =
PL
3
3El
----------- 2.54 =
H
B
---- 12
1 B 20
20 H 50
Bending Stress
Tip Deflection
Aspect Ratio
Gauge Requirements
2-14
SIMPLE CANTILEVER EXAMPLE (Cont.)
The Design Space
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
2.5 3 4 5 6 7 7.5
H/B = 12
V = 200000
175000
150000
125000
H = 50
100000
Optimum
75000
50000
Width B (cm)
H
e
i
g
h
t

H

(
c
m
)
= 2.54
b
= 700
2-15
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS
Function gradient information can be used to construct first-order
Taylor Series approximations
where
f x
o
x + ( ) f x
o
( )
df
dx
-------
x
o
+ x
d
2
f
dx
2
----------
x
o
+
x
2
2!
---------- + =
f
x
o
x + ( ) f x
o
( )
df
dx
-------
x
o
+ x 0 x
2
( ) + =
0 x
2
( ) error on the order of x
2
2-16
SERIES APPROXIMATIONS (Cont.)
Using the Simple Cantilever to illustrate:
Minimize V = B H L
Design variables B and H
Subject to:
MC
I
---------
6PL
BH
2
------------ 700
N
cm
2
------------ = =
PL
3
3EI
-----------
4PL
3
BH
3
E
---------------- 2.54 cm = =
2-17
First-order approximations:
At
V
B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( ) V B
o
H
o
L , , ( ) =
V
B
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ B
V
H
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ H
B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( )
B
o
H
o
L , , ( ) =
B
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ B

H
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ H
B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( )
B
o
H
o
L , , ( ) =
B
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ B

H
-------
B
o
H
o
,
+ H
B
o
H
o
, ( ) 6 45 , ( ) =
V B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( ) 1.35 10
5
2.25 10
4
B 3.0 10
3
+ H + =
B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( ) 555.56 92.593B 24.691H =
B
o
B H
o
H L , + , + ( ) 2.0576 0.34294B 0.13717H =
2-18
The resultant linearized design space
In this case, the approximate optimum actually violates some of the
true constraints. It does, however, form a good starting point for
the next iteration. This is the basis of a sequential linearization
method of solution.
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
2.5 3 4 5 6 7 7.5
H/B = 12
175000
150000
125000
100000
H = 50
Optimum
Approximate
Optimum
75000
H
e
i
g
h
t

H

(
c
m
)
Width B (cm)
X
0
2-19
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING
First linearize:
Solve this linear approximate problem using Simplex or other
optimizer.
Relinearize and repeat to convergence.
This option is available in MSC/NASTRAN. (Set METHOD to 2 on
the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry.)
F
x
o
x + ( ) F x
o
( ) F x
o
( ) + x =
g
j
x
o
x + ( ) g
j
x
o
( ) g
j
x
o
( ) + x =
x x x
o
=
j J (J set of ,
active constraints)
2-20
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING (Cont.)
Typical design cycle history:
Boxes around each design represent move limits.
F x
o
( )
x
o
x
1
x
x
2
x
1
x
2
2-21
SEQUENTIAL LINEAR PROGRAMMING (Cont.)
Why move limits are necessary:
Move limits are required because higher order terms have been
ignored
move limits
true optimum
X
1
X
2
0
F
X
o
( )
g X ( ) 0 =
g
X
o
( )
unbounded linear approximation
2-22
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS
In contrast with SLP, the method of feasible directions treats
active, nonlinear constraints directly.
Usable search direction:
Feasible search direction:
X
2
F = Constant
X
1
F X
o
( )
g
j
X
o
( )
g
j
X ( )
F S 0
g
j
S 0
Feasible
Usable
Usable/Feasible
X
2
X
1
g
j
X ( )
S
2-23
METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Determination of S (direction finding subproblem)
To maintain feasibility:
(1)
where is the push-off factor
To maintain usability:
(2)
A nonzero and ensure a search direction that reduces the
objective function without violating the j
th
constraint for some finite
move in that direction.
It is apparent that we would like to maximize in order to make the
greatest possible reductions in the objective.
g
j
S
j
0 +
j
F S 0 +
j
2-24
Sequence of iterations using cantilever design space as an
example:
H/B = 12
H = 50
X
o
= 2.54
= 700
Optimum
H
e
i
g
h
t

H

(
c
m
)
60
55
50
45
40
35
3 4 5 6 7
Width B (cm)
2-25
The problem with the method is that it may tend to zigzag between
active and inactive constraints as the optimum is approached.
In structural applications, unnecessary function evaluations must
be kept to a minimum.
Faster convergence can usually be obtained if the constraint
surfaces are followed to the optimum.
X
2
X
1
g
1
X ( )
g
2
X ( )
X
1
X
2
X
3
X
4
X
o
F X ( ) Constant =
2-26
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE DIRECTIONS
Combines best features of the method of feasible directions and
generalized reduced gradients. This method is the MSC/NASTRAN
default
In the direction-finding problem, all push-off factors are set to
zero
Maximize
Subject to:
j
F s
g
j
X ( ) s 0 j J
s s 1
2-27
MODIFIED METHOD OF FEASIBLE
DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Search direction s (inequality constrained problem)
If design is not feasible, use a large push-off factor for violated
constraints and find the search direction as in the method of
feasible directions.
If all
j = 1, ..., m
Direction of steepest descent
Use conjugate direction if unconstrained
for more than one iteration.
If some g
j
= 0
, within a specified tolerance
(J = set of active constraints)
Direction finding subproblem:
maximize
subject to:
for
g
j
0 <
s F =
j J
F s
g
j
X ( ) s 0
s s 1
j J
2-28
DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
One-dimensional Search Modifications
A move in direction S will go into the infeasible region for nonlinear
convex constraints. Using the gradients of the active constraints, a
step back to the constraint boundary is taken, so the design follows
the constraints.
First take a step
Evaluate the constraints and perturb the proposed design back to
the constraint boundary by:
where A
T
contains the gradients of the active constraints and G
contains the constraint values.
This is effectively a minimum norm move back to the constraint
boundary and may need several applications.
X
q
X
q 1
S
q
+ =
X A
T
AA
T
[ ]
1
G =
2-29
DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Features
Rapidly obtains an optimum design
Deals with both inequality and equality constraints
Usually satisfies the constraints with high precision at the optimum
2-30
DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Sequence of iterations using cantilever design space as an
example
H/B = 12
H = 50
X
o
= 2.54
= 700
Optimum
H
e
i
g
h
t

H

(
c
m
)
60
55
50
45
40
35
3 4 5 6 7
Width B (cm)
2-31
DIRECTIONS (Cont.)
Recovery from infeasible designs
x
2
F = Constant
Minimize Constraint
Violation
Compromise Direction
x
1
Minimize Objective
Function
x
2
x
1
No Feasible Design
F
G x
o
x
o
x
2-32
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND
VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS
Parameters of interest
G
j
(X) is inactive if G
j
(X) < CT.
G
j
(X) is active if CT G
j
(X) CTMIN.
G
j
(X) is violated if G
j
(X) > CTMIN.
CT and CTMIN may both be changed using the DOPTPRM Bulk
Data entry.
Feasible Region
Infeasible Region
g
j
x ( ) 0 <
g
j
x ( ) CT =
g
j
x ( ) 0 =
g
j
x ( ) CTMIN =
g
j
x ( ) 0 >
x
1
x
2
2-33
NUMERICAL IDENTIFICATION OF ACTIVE AND
VIOLATED CONSTRAINTS (Cont.)
CT = 0.03
CTMIN = 0.003
Feasible Violated
CTMIN
Active
X
CT
0
G
j
(X)
Numerical Constraint
Boundary
Exact Constraint
Boundary
SECTION 3
DESIGN MODELING I
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS RELATED? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
DVPREL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
DESOBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
DCONSTR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
DESGLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
DOPTPRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
3-1
WHAT IS A DESIGN MODEL? 3
A design model is a statement of allowable changes that can be made
in the search for an optimal design. It also defines what is meant by
improvement.
It must:
Define the design variables
Relate design variables to changes in property or shape
Define the objective function (scalar measure of quality)
Place bounds on responses
3-2
HOW ARE THE DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODELS
RELATED?
DESIGN
VARIABLES
OBJECTIVE,
CONSTRAINTS
GEOMETRY,
PROPERTIES
LOADS,
BOUNDARY
CONDITIONS
DESIGN MODEL
ANALYSIS MODEL
CAD MODEL,
PROTOTYPE
DESIGN
IMPROVEMENT
RESPONSES
3-3
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL COMPARISON
Consider a structure consisting of I-section beams:
Analysis model states properties and connectivity:
The design model is design variable based:
h, b, t
w
, t
f
t
w
t
f
b
h
A, I
1
, I
2
, I
12
, J, ...
CBAR
PBAR
101 21 ... ...
21 6 2.36 ...
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-4
DESIGN AND ANALYSIS MODEL
COMPARISON (Cont.)
Analysis model properties are functions of the design variables:
Analysis Cross-sectional properties
Design Cross-section dimensions
A 2bt
f
h 2t
f
( )t
w
+ =
I
1
bh
3
12
--------------
b t
w
( )
12
-------------------- h 2t
f
( )
3
=
3-5
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS
Flowchart for Design Modeling
Define Analysis Disciplines
(Executive Control: SOL 200;
Case Control: Analysis =)
Define Design Variables
(Bulk Data: DESVAR)
Relate Design Variables to
Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1)
Define Design Responses
(Bulk Data: DRESP1)
Define Objective (Case Control: DESOBJ)
and Constraints (Bulk Data: DCONSTR, DCONADD;
Case Control: DESGLB, DESSUB)
Provide Optional Parameters
(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM)
3-6
DEFINING THE ANALYSIS DISCIPLINES
Executive Section
SOL 200
Case Control Section
Analysis =
STATICS statics
MODES normal modes
BUCK buckling
DFREQ direct frequency*
MFREQ modal frequency*
MTRAN modal transient*
SAERO static aeroelasticity
FLUTTER flutter
*Includes acoustics
3-7
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES
Design variables are the quantities the optimizer modifies in its
search for an improved design.
The DESVAR entry defines a design variable, its initial value, and
bounds. It also can provide design cycle move limits.
DESVAR
Design Variable
3-8
DESVAR Design Variable
Defines a design variable for design optimization.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
ID Unique design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABEL User-supplied name for printing purposes. (Character)
XINIT Initial value. (Real, XLB XINIT XUB)
XLB Lower bound. (Real, Default = 1.0E+20)
XUB Upper bound. (Real, Default= +1.0E+20)
DELXV Fractional change allowed for the design variable during approximate
optimization. (Real > 0.0, for Default see Remark 2.)
Remarks:
1. DELXV can be used to control the change in the design variable during one optimization
cycle.
2. If DELXV is blank, the default is taken from the specification of the DELX parameter on
the DOPTPRM entry. If DELX is not specified, then the default is 1.0.
DESVAR ID LABEL XINIT XLB XUB DELXV
DESVAR 2 BARA1 35.0 10. 100. 0.2
3-9
DEFINING THE DESIGN VARIABLES (Cont.)
Example:
The entire set of DESVAR entries denes a vector of design variables:
with corresponding bounds,
$ESVAR, ID, LABEL, XINIT, XLB, XUB, DELXV
$
DESVAR, 10, AREA1, 0.05, 0.01, 0.1
DESVAR, 11, THICK1, 0.03, 0.01, 0.08
$
0.01 x
10
0.1
0.01 x
11
0.08
X x
1
x
2
x
n
, , , [ ]
T
=
x
i
I
x
i
x
i
u

3-10
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO PROPERTIES
As the optimizer changes design variables, the analysis model
properties must also change.
The simplest relation is a linear one:
The above can be written using the DVPREL1 entry.
p
j
C
o
C
i
i
x
i
+ =
DVPREL1
Design Variable to Property Relation
3-11
DVPREL1 Design Variable to Property Relation
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design variables.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
ID Unique identification number. (Integer > 0)
TYPE Name of a property entry, such as PBAR, PBEAM, etc. (Character)
PID Property entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
FlD Field position of the property entry, or word position in the element property table
of the analysis model. (Integer 0)
PMIN Minimum value allowed for this property. If FID references a stress recovery
location, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be explicitly set
to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for example, field
ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
PMAX Maximum value allowed for this property. (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
C0 Constant term of relation. (Real; Default = 0.0)
DVIDi DESVAR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
COEFi Coefficient of linear relation. (Real)
Remarks:
1. The relationship between the analysis model property and design variables is given by:
2. The continuation entry is required.
(Continued)
DVPREL1 ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX C0
DVID1 COEF1 DVID2 COEF2 DVID3 -etc.-
DVPREL1 12 PBAR 612 6 0.2 3.0
4 0.25 20 20.0 5 0.3
P
i
C0 COEFi
i
+ DVIDi =
DVPREL1
3-12
3. PTYPE = PBEND is not supported, either directly through FIDs or indirectly via word po-
sitions in the element property table.
4. FID may be either a positive or a negative number. If FID > 0, it identifies the field position
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in the element
property table. For example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3
can be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See the following
element property table for the word positions for PBEAM.
Table 1. EPT Section for PTYPE = PBEAM.
Word Type Item
1 I Property ID
2 I Material ID
3 I Number of segments
4 I Constant cross section flag (1 = yes, 0 = no)
5 I Unused
6 I Stress output request flag, SO (1 = yes, 0 = no)
7 R X/XB ratio; at end A, X/XB = 0.0
8 through 13 R A, I1, I2, I12, J, NSM
14 through 21 R C1, C2, D1, D2, E1, E2, F1, F2
22
23
24 through 29
30 through 37
I
R
R
R
Repeat of words 6 through 21 for the 1st intermediate
station
38
39
40 through 45
46 through 53
I
R
R
R
2nd intermediate station
54
55
56 through 61
62 through 69
I
R
R
R
3rd intermediate station
70
71
72 through 77
78 through 85
I
R
R
R
4th intermediate station
86
87
88 through 93
94 through 101
I
R
R
R
(Continued)
DVPREL1
3-13
102
103
104 through 109
110 through 117
I
R
R
R
118
119
120 through 125
126 through 133
I
R
R
R
134
135
136 through 141
142 through 149
I
R
R
R
150
151
152 through 157
158 through 165
I
R
R
R
166
167
168 through 173
174 through 181
I
R
R
R
End B
182 through 189 R K1, K2, S1, S2, NSI(A), NSI(B), CW(A), CW(B)
190 through 197 R M1(A), M2(A), M1(B), M2(B), N1(A), N2(A), N1(B),
N2(B)
Word Type Item
3-14
RELATING DESIGN VARIABLES TO
PROPERTIES (Cont.)
Example:
for the base plate thickness,
Web Cap
Web
Plate
t
i
1.0 x
2
=
A
i
1.0 x
3
=
t
i
1.0 x
1
=
PSHELL, 1, 1, 0.15, 1
$
$...Define the design variables:
$
$DESVAR,ID, LABEL, XINIT, XLB, XUB, DELXV
DESVAR, 1, T-PLATE,0.15, 0.001, 10.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to analysis model properties
$ (linear relations, so use DVPREL1)
$
$DVPREL1,ID, TYPE, PID, FID, PMIN, PMAX, C0, , +
$+, DVID1, COEF1, DVID2, COEF2, ...
DVPREL1,1, PSHELL, 1, 4, 0.01, , , , +DP1
+DP1, 1, 1.0
3-15
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES
Prior to defining the objective and constraint functions, the responses
on which they are based need to be identified.
The DRESP1 entry identifies responses that are computed from an
MSC/NASTRAN analysis.
DRESP1
Design Sensitivity Response Quantities
3-16
DRESP1 Design Sensitivity Response Quantities
Defines a set of structural responses that is used in the design either as constraints or as an
objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
ID Unique entry identifier. (Integer > 0)
LABEL User-defined label. (Character)
RTYPE Response type. See table below. (Character)
PTYPE Element flag (PTYPE = ELEM) or property entry name. Used with element type
responses (stress, strain, force, etc.) to identify the property type, since property
entry IDs are not unique across property types. (Character: ELEM, PBAR,
PSHELL, etc.)
REGION Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 10 for defaults.
(Integer > 0)
ATTA, ATTB, Response attributes. See Table 1. (Integer > 0 or Real or blank)
ATTi
(Continued)
DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
ATT2 -etc.-
DRESP1 1 DX1 STRESS PROD 2 3 102
103
DRESP1
3-17
Table 1. Design Sensitivity Response Attributes.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)
ATTB (Integer > 0 or
Real > 0.0) ATTi (Integer > 0)
WEIGHT Blank Blank SEID
i
or ALL
VOLUME Blank Blank SEID
i
or ALL
EIGN Normal Modes Mode
Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
FREQ Normal Modes Mode
Number
See Remark 18.
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
LAMA Buckling Mode Number Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
DISP Displacement Component Blank Grid ID
STRAIN Strain Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
STRESS Stress Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
FORCE Force Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
CSTRAIN Strain Item Code LAMINA Number
(Integer; Default = 1)
Property entry (PID)
CSTRESS Stress Item Code LAMINA Number
CFAILURE Failure Criterion Item
Code
LAMINA Number
FRDISP Displacement Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRVELO Velocity Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRACCL Acceleration Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSPCF SPC Force Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSTRE Stress Item Code Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15..
(Continued)
DRESP1
3-18
Remarks:
1. Stress, strain, and force item codes can be found in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference
Guide, Appendix A. For stress or strain item codes that have dual meanings, such as von
Mises or maximum shear, the option specified in the Case Control Section will be used;
i.e., STRESS(VONM) or STRESS(MAXS).
2. RTYPE=CSTRESS, CSTRAIN, and CFAILURE are used only with the PCOMP entry.
CSTRESS and CSTRAIN item codes are described under Table 1. (Element
Stress/Strain Item Codes) in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A.
CFAILURE item codes are described under Table Table 2. (Element Force Item Codes)
in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A. Only force item codes that
refer to failure indices of direct stress and interlaminar shear stress are valid.
(Continued)
FRFORC Force Item Code Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
TDISP Displacement Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TVELO Velocity Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TACCL Acceleration Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSPCF SPC Force Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSTRE Stress Item Code Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
TFORC Force Item Code Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
TRIM AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Blank Blank
STABDER AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Restraint Flag. (Integer 0
or 1) See Remark 13.
Component
FLUTTER Blank Method (PK or PKNL,
Default = PK).
See Remark 14.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)
DRESP1
3-19
The CFAILURE response type requires the following specifications on the applicable
entries:
a. Failure theory in the FT field on PCOMP entry.
b. Allowable bonding shear stress in the SB field on PCOMP entry.
c. Stress limits in the ST, SC, and SS fields on all MATi entries.
3. ATTB is used only for responses of composite laminae, dynamics, and stability deriva-
tives. For other responses, this field must be blank.
4. All grids associated with a DRESP1 entry are considered to be in the same region for
screening purposes. Only up to NSTR displacement constraints (see DSCREEN entry)
per group per load case will be retained in the design optimization phase.
5. DRESP1 identification numbers must be unique with respect to DRESP2 identification
numbers.
6. If PTYPE = ELEM, the ATTi correspond to element identification numbers.
7. If RTYPE = DISP, TDISP, TVELO, TACCL or TSPCF, multiple component num-
bers (any unique combination of the digits 1 through 6 with no embedded blanks) may be
specified on a single entry. Multiple response components may not be used on any other
response types.
8. If RTYPE = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, or FRSPCF only one component number
may be specified in the ATTA field. Numbers 1 through 6 correspond to real (or magni-
tude) components and 7 through 12 imaginary (or phase) components. If more than one
component for the same grid is desired, then a separate entry is required.
9. Real/imaginary representation is the default for complex response types. Magni-
tude/phase representation must be requested by the corresponding Case Control
command; e.g., DlSP(PHASE) = ALL.
10. REGION is used for constraint screening. The NSTR field on DSCREEN entries gives the
maximum number of constraints retained for each region per load case.
IF RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, no REGION identification
number should be specified. For all other responses, if the REGION field is left blank, the
default specified in Table 2 is used. Usually, the default value is appropriate.
If the REGION field is not blank, all the responses on this entry as well as all responses on
other DRESP1 entries that have the same RTYPE and REGION identification number will
be grouped into the same region.
(Continued)
DRESP1
3-20
Table 2. Default Regions for Design Sensitivity Response Types.
11. REGION is valid only among the same type of responses. Responses of different types
will never be grouped into the same region, even if they are assigned the same REGION
identification number by the user.
12. If RTYPE = WEIGHT or VOLUME, field ATTi = ALL implies total weight/volume of all
superelements except external superelements.
13. RTYPE = STABDER identifies a stability derivative response. ATTB is the restraint flag
for the stability derivative. ATTB = 0 means unrestrained, and ATTB = 1 means re-
strained. For example, ATTA = 4000, ATTB = 0, and ATT1 = 3 reference the unrestrained
C
z
derivative for the AESTAT (or AESURF) entry ID = 4000.
(Continued)
Response Type Default Region
WEIGHT No region
VOLUME No region
LAMA No region
EIGN No region
FREQ No region
DISP One region per DRESP1 entry
FRDISP One region per DRESP1 entry
FRVELO One region per DRESP1 entry
FRACCL One region per DRESP1 entry
FRSPCF One region per DRESP1 entry
TDISP One region per DRESP1 entry
TVELO One region per DRESP1 entry
TACCL One region per DRESP1 entry
TSPCF One region per DRESP1 entry
FLUTTER One region per DRESP1 entry
OTHER One region per PROPERTY entry. If PTYPE = ELEM,
then one region per DRESP1 entry
DRESP1
3-21
14. RTYPE = FLUTTER identifies a set of damping responses. The set is specified by ATTi:
ATT1 = Identification number of a SET1 entry that specifies a set of modes.
ATT2 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of densities.
ATT3 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of Mach numbers.
ATT4 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of velocities.
15. For RTYP = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, FRSPCF, FRFORC, and FRSTRE,
ATTB specifies a frequency value in cycles per unit time. If ATTB is specified, then the
responses are evaluated at the closest frequency selected by the OFREQ command. The
default for ATTB is all frequencies selected by the OFREQ command.
16. For RTYPE = TDISP, TVELO, TACCL, TSPCF, TFORC, and TSTRE, ATTB
specifies a time value. If ATTB is specified, then the responses are evaluated at the clos-
est time selected by the OTIME command. The default for ATTB is all time steps selected
by the OTIME command.
17. Intermediate station responses on CBAR elements due to PLOAD1 and/or CBARAO en-
tries may not be defined on the DRESP1 entry.
18. RTYPE = EIGN refers to normal modes response in terms of eigenvalue (radi-
an/time)2 while RTYPE = FREQ refers to normal modes response in terms of natural
frequency or units of cycles per unit time.
19. For RTYPE = LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, the response approximation used for optimization
can be individually selected. (Approximation Code = 1 = direct linearization, = 2 = Inverse
Linearization).
3-22
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES (Cont.)
Example: Selecting Displacements
Example: Selecting Stresses
$
$DRESP1, ID, LABEL, RTYPE, PTYPE, REGION, ATTA, ATTB, ATT1, +
$+, ATT2, ...
$
$ TRANSLATIONAL DISPLACEMENTS AT GRIDS 501-505:
$
DRESP1, 201, TXYZ1, DISP, , , 123, , 501, +
+, 502, 503, 504, 505
$
$+, ATT2, ...
$
$ AXIAL STRESSES FOR ROD ELEMENTS IN PID GROUPS 150,160,170,180:
$
DRESP1, 250, SIG1, STRESS, PROD, , 2, , 150, +
+, 160, 170, 180
3-23
IDENTIFYING THE DESIGN RESPONSES (Cont.)
A single DRESP1 entry can produce a large number of design
responses:
DRESP1
EID1
EID2
EIDn
PID1
PIDm
PID2
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-24
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION
The objective function must be a single scalar quantity. It is identified
by:
DESOBJ DRESP1 (or DRESP2)
(Case Control
command)
DESOBJ
Design Objective
3-25
DESOBJ Design Objective
Selects the DRESP1 or DRESP2 entry to be used as the design objective.
Format:
DESOBJ
Examples:
DESOBJ = 10
DESO = 25
Describer Meaning
MIN Specifies that the objective is to be minimized.
MAX Specifies that the objective is to be maximized.
n Set identification of a DRESP1 or DRESP2 Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. A DESOBJ command is required for a design optimization task and is optional for a sensi-
tivity task.
2. If the DESOBJ command is specified within a SUBCASE, the identified DRESPi Bulk Data
entry uses a response only from that subcase. If DESOBJ appears above all SUBCASE
commands and there are multiple subcases, it uses a global response.
3. The referenced DRESPi entry must define a scalar response.
(
MAX
MIN
) N =
3-26
DEFINING THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION (Cont.)
Example:
A common error is to reference a DRESP1 that identifies multiple
responses.
$ FOR WEIGHT MINIMIZATION,
$
$ IN CASE CONTROL:
$
DESOBJ(MIN) = 10
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$+, ATT2, ...
$
DRESP1, 10, WEIGHT, WEIGHT, , , , , ALL
$ ^^^
$ (DEFAULT IS 0: JUST THE RESIDUAL STRUCTURE)
$
3-27
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS
Constraints are formed by placing bounds on responses.
The DCONSTR entry supplies these bounds.
r
j
L
r
j
x ( ) r
j
U

DCONSTR
Design Constraints
3-28
DCONSTR Design Constraints
Define design constraints.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DCID Design constraint set identification number. (Integer > 0)
RID DRESPi entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
LALLOW Lower bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
UALLOW Upper bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
Remarks:
1. The DCONSTR entry may be selected in the Case Control Section by the DESSUB or
DESGLB command.
2. DCID may be referenced by the DCONADD Bulk Data entry.
3. For a given DCID, the associated RID can be referenced only once.
4. The units of LALLOW and UALLOW must be consistent with the referenced response de-
fined on the DRESPi entry. If RID refers to an EIGN response, then the imposed bounds
must be expressed in units of eigenvalue, (radian/time)
2
. If RID refers to a FREQ re-
sponse, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
5. LALLOW and UALLOW are unrelated to the stress limits specified on the MATi entry.
6. Constraints are computed as follows:
for lower bound constraints
for upper bound constraints
where r is the response defined on the DRESPi entry and if the RID refers to a FREQ
response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
(Continued)
DCONSTR DCID RID LALLOW UALLOW
DCONSTR 10 4 1.25
g
LALLOW r
GNORM
-------------------------------- =
g
r UALLOW
GNORM
--------------------------------- =
DCONSTR
Design Constraints
3-29
GSCAL is specified on the DOPTPRM entry (Default = 0.001)
7. As Remark 6 indicates, small values of UALLOW and LALLOW require special processing
and should be avoided. Bounds of exactly zero are particularly troublesome. This can be
avoided by using a DRESP2 entry that offsets the constrained response from zero.
GNORM =
LALLOW for lower bounds if LALLOW > GSCAL
UALLOW for upper bounds if UALLOW > GSCAL
GSCAL otherwise
3-30
DEFINING THE DESIGN CONSTRAINTS (Cont.)
Constraint sets can be merged using the DCONADD entry.
DCONADD
Design Constraint Set Combination
3-31
DCONADD Design Constraint Set Combination
Defines the design constraints for a subcase as a union of DCONSTR entries.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DCi DCONSTR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. The DCONADD entry is selected by a DESSUB or DESGLB Case Control command.
2. All DCi must be unique from other DCi and DCID.
DCONADD DCID DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5 DC6 DC7
DC8 -etc.-
DCONADD 10 4 12
3-32
Constraint sets are selected in Case Control using either:
DESSUB Subcase-dependent constraints
DESGLB Global constraints (subcase independent, e.g.,
WEIGHT, VOLUME, or DRESP2s that are not functions
of DRESP1s)
DESSUB
Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
3-33
DESSUB Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
Select the design constraints to be used in a design optimization task for the current subcase.
Format:
DESSUB = n
Examples:
DESSUB = 10
DESS = 25
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a DCONSTR or DCONADD Bulk Data entry identification
number. (Integer 0)
Remark:
1. A DESSUB command is required for every subcase for which constraints are to be
applied.
DESGLB
Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
3-34
DESGLB Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
Selects the design constraints to be applied at the global level in a design optimization task.
Format:
DESGLB = n
Examples:
DESGLB = 10
DESG = 25
Describer Meaning
number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. A DESGLB command is optional and invokes constraints that are to be applied indepen-
dent of a particular subcase. These constraints could be based on responses that are
independent of subcases (e.g., WEIGHT or VOLUME).
2. The DESGLB command can be used to invoke constraints that are not a function of
DRESP1 entries; e.g., DRESP2 responses that are not functions of DRESP1 responses
are subcase independent.
3-35
Example: Placing Bounds on a Bar Stress (Axial+Bending):
7 and 14 pick the maximum of four stresses at ends A and B of bar
elements
$
$ IN CASE CONTROL:
$
SUBCASE 20
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DESSUB = 100
(ETC.)
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$+, ATT2, ...
$
$ MAXIMUM STRESS AT END A:
DRESP1, 110, SAMAX, STRESS, PBAR, , 7, , 2010, +
+ 2020, 2030
$
$ MAXIMUM STRESS AT END B:
DRESP1, 120, SBMAX, STRESS, PBAR, , 14, , 2010, +
+ 2020, 2030
$
$ BOUNDS APPLIED TO BOTH ENDS A & B:
$DCONSTR,DCID, RID, LALLOW, UALLOW
DCONSTR,100, 110, -85., +85. $ N/mm**2 untreated struct. steel,
DCONSTR,100, 120, -85., +85. $ FS=2 on fatigue limit
$
3-36
A single DCONSTR can place bounds on a large number of
responses.
DRESP1
EID1
EID2
EIDn
PID1
PIDm
PID2
DCONSTR
.
.
.
.
.
.
3-37
Constraints are implemented in a normalized form in the code.
Normalization provides:
Expression of all constraints in standard form (basic optimization
problem statement)
Ranking of constraints regardless of response magnitude
It is best to use reasonable bounds, avoiding 0.0 if possible.
g
2j 1
x ( )
r
j
L
r
j
x ( )
r
j
L
------------------------- 0 =
g
2j
x ( )
r
j
x ( ) r
j
U
r
j
U
-------------------------- 0 =
3-38
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL
Basic design optimization process control is provided by the
DOPTPRM entry, and the parameters NASPRT and DESPCH.
Override of design process control parameters can be done using
the DOPTPRM Bulk Data entry.
DOPTPRM
Design Optimization Parameters
3-39
DOPTPRM Design Optimization Parameters
Overrides default values of parameters used in design optimization.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
PARAMi Name of the design optimization parameter. Allowable names are given in
Table 1. (Character)
VALi Value of the parameter. (Real or Integer, see Table 1.)
Remarks:
1. Only one DOPTPRM entry is allowed in the Bulk Data Section.
Table 1. PARAMi Names and Descriptions.
DOPTPRM PARAM1 VAL1 PARAM2 VAL2 PARAM3 VAL3 PARAM4 VAL4
PARAM5 VAL5 -etc.-
DOPTPRM IPRINT 5 DESMAX 10
Name Description, Type, and Default Value
APRCOD Approximation method to be used. 1 = Direct Linearization; 2 = Mixed Method
basedonresponsetype; 3 =Convex Linearization. APRCOD=1is recommended
for shape optimization problems. (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 2)
CONV1 Relative criterion to detect convergence. If the relative change in objective
between two optimization cycles is less than CONV1, then optimization is termi-
nated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONV2 Absolute criterion to detect convergence. If the absolute change in objective
nated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E-20)
CONVDV Relative convergence criterion on design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONVPR Relative convergence criterion on properties. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
DOPTPRM
3-40
CT Constraint tolerance. Constraint is considered active if current value is greater
than CT. (Real < 0.0; Default = 0.03)
CTMIN Constraint is considered violated if current value is greater than CTMIN.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.003)
DABOBJ Maximum absolute change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations
(see ITRMOP) to indicate convergence at optimizer level. F0 is the initial objective
function value. (Real > 0.0; Default = MAX[0.00 ABS(F0), 0.0001])
DELB Relative finite difference move parameter. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.0001)
DELOBJ Maximumrelative change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations to
indicate convergence at optimizer level. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
DELP Fractional change allowed in each property during any optimization design cycle.
This provides constraints on property moves. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2)
DELX Fractional change allowed in each design variable during any optimization cycle.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
DESMAX Maximum number of design cycles to be performed. (Integer > 0; Default = 5)
DOBJ1 Relative change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. Used to
estimate initial move in the one-dimensional search. Updated as the optimization
progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.1)
DOBJ2 Absolute change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. (Real
> 0.0; Default = 0.2 (F0))
DPMIN Minimum move limit imposed. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX1 Maximumrelative change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization
iteration. Usedtoestimatetheinitial moveintheonedimensional search. Updated
as the optimization progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX2 Absolute change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization iteration.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2 MAX[X(I)])
DXMIN Minimum design variable move limit (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.05).
GMAX Maximum constraint violation allowed at the converged optimum. (Real > 0.0;
Default = 0.005)
GSCAL Constraint normalization factor. See Remarks under the DSCREEN and
DCONSTR entries. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
DOPTPRM
3-41
IGMAX If IGMAX = 0, only gradients of active and violated constraints are calculated. If
IGMAX > 0, up to NCOLA gradients are calculated including active, violated, and
near active constraints. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
IPRINT Print control during approximate optimization phase. Increasing values represent
increasing levels of optimizer information. (0 Integer 7; Default = 0)
0 no output (Default)
1 internal optimization parameters, initial information, and results
2 same, plus objective function and design variables at each iterations
3 same, plus constraint values and identification of critical constraints
4 same, plus gradients
5 same, plus search direction
6 same, plus scaling factors and miscellaneous search information
7 same, plus one dimensional search information
IPRNT1 If IPRNT1 = 1, print scaling factors for design variable vector. (Integer 0 or 1;
Default = 0)
IPRNT2 If IPRNT2 = 1, print miscellaneous search information. If IPRNT2 = 2, turn on print
during one-dimensional search process. (Warning: This may lead to excessive
output.) (Integer 0, 1, or 2; Default = 0)
ISCAL Design variables are rescaled every ISCAL iterations. Set ISCAL= 1 to turn off
scaling. (Integer; Default = NDV (number of design variables))
ITMAX Maximumnumber of iterations allowedat optimizer level duringeachdesigncycle.
ITRMOP Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be satisfied
to indicate convergence at the optimizer level. (Integer; Default = 2)
ITRMST Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be met at
the optimizer level to indicate convergence in the Sequential Linear Programming
Method. (Integer > 0; Default = 2)
JTMAX Maximum number of iterations allowed at the optimizer level for the Sequential
Linear Programming Method. This is the number of linearized subproblems
solved. (Integer 0; Default = 20)
JPRINT Sequential Linear Programming subproblemprint. If JPRINT>0, IPRINTis turned
on during the approximate linear subproblem. (Default = 0)
JWRITE If JWRITE > 0, file number on which iteration history will be written. (Integer > 0;
Default = 0)
(Continued)
DOPTPRM
3-42
METHOD Optimization Method: (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 1)
1: Modified Method of Feasible Directions. (Default)
2: Sequential Linear Programming
3: Sequential Quadratic Programming
P1 Print control items specified for P2. (Integer 0; Default = 0) Initial results are
always printed prior to the first approximate optimization. If an optimization task
is performed, final results are always printed for the final analysis unless
PARAM,SOFTEXIT,YES is specified. These two sets of print are not controllable.
n: Print at every n-th design cycle.
P2 Items to be printed according to P1: (Integer; Default = 1)
0: No print.
1: Print objective and design variables. (Default)
2: Print properties.
4: Print constraints.
8: Print responses.
16: Print weight as a function of a material ID (note that there is not a design
quantity so that only inputs to the approximate design are available).
n: Sumof desired items. For example, P2 = 10 means print properties and
responses.
PTOL Maximum tolerance on differences allowed between the property values on
property entries andtheproperty values calculatedfromthedesignvariablevalues
on the DESVAR entry (through DVPRELi relations). PTOL is provided to trap ill-
posed design models. (The minimum tolerance may be specified on user
parameter DPEPS. See MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Section 6.)
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E+35)
STPSCL Scaling factor for shape finite difference step sizes, to be applied to all shape
design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
3-43
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL (Cont.)
Some basic, useful parameters on this entry include:
DESMAX Maximum allowable number of design cycles
P1 Frequency of optimization summary output
P2 Quantity of optimization summary output
IPRINT Quantity of optimizer output
METHOD Numerical optimization method
The frequency of MSC/NASTRAN data recovery is determined by:
PARAM,NASPRT,n
Output consists of standard MSC/NASTRAN output (Case Control
output requests only).
n < 0 no data recovery
n = 0 first and last design cycle (default)
n > 0 n-multiples of design cycles, plus the last
3-44
BASIC DESIGN PROCESS CONTROL (Cont.)
The frequency of design optimization punch output is determined
by:
PARAM,DESPCH,n
Output consists of updated DESVAR and GRID entries (for shape).
If mode tracking is performed, updated DRESP1 entries may be
written in the *.pch file.
n < 0 never
n = 0 final design cycle only (default)
n > 0 n-multiples of design cycles, plus the last
SECTION 4
EXAMPLES I
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
10-BAR TRUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT
(M. J. Turner 1970) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT RESULTS. . . . . 4-22
4-1
EXAMPLE 3-BAR TRUSS 4
This is similar to the Three-Bar Truss example in Section 7.1 of the
MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide).
Design model description
Design variables cross-sectional areas A1 and A2
Objective weight minimization
Constraints:
Stress allowable: 20 ksi tension
15 ksi compression
Displacements at grid 4: x direction t 0.2 in
y direction t 0.2 in
4-2
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
y
1
2
3
10" 10"
10"
A1
A1
A2
1
2
3
4
x
Subcase 1
20,000 lbs
Subcase 2
20,000 lbs
x: 16,000 lbs
y: 12,000 lbs
x: 16,000 lbs
y: 12,000 lbs
4-3
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
ID MSC, D200X1
TIME 10 $
SOL 200 $ OPTIMIZATION
CEND
TITLE = SYMMETRIC THREE BAR TRUSS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION - D200X1
SUBTITLE = BASELINE - 2 CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS AS DESIGN VARIABLES
ECHO = SORT
SPC = 100
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
DESOBJ(MIN) = 20 $ (DESIGN OBJECTIVE = DRESP ID)
DESSUB = 21 $ DEFINE CONSTRAINT SET FOR BOTH SUBCASES
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SUBCASE 1
LABEL = LOAD CONDITION 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$ GRID DATA
$ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910
GRID, 1, , -10.0 , 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 2, , 0.0 , 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 3, , 10.0 , 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 4, , 0.0 , -10.0, 0.0
$ SUPPORT DATA
SPC, 100, 1, 123456, , 2, 123456
SPC, 100, 3, 123456, , 4, 3456
$ ELEMENT DATA
CROD, 1, 11, 1, 4
CROD, 2, 12, 2, 4
CROD, 3, 11, 3, 4
$ PROPERTY DATA
PROD, 11, 1, 1.0
PROD, 12, 1, 2.0
MAT1, 1, 1.0E+7, , 0.33, 0.1
$ EXTERNAL LOADS DATA
FORCE, 300, 4, , 20000., 0.8, -0.6
FORCE, 310, 4, , 20000., -0.8, -0.6
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
4-4
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
$...DESIGN VARIABLE DEFINITION
$DESVAR,ID, LABEL, XINIT, XLB, XUB, DELXV(OPTIONAL)
DESVAR, 1, A1, 1.0, 0.1, 100.0
DESVAR, 2, A2, 2.0, 0.1, 100.0
$
$...DEFINITION OF DESIGN VARIABLE TO ANALYSIS MODEL PARAMETER RELATIONS
DVPREL1,10, PROD, 11, 4, , , , , +DP1
+DP1, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,20, PROD, 12, 4, , , , ,+DP2
+DP2, 2, 1.0
$
$...STRUCTURAL RESPONSE IDENTIFICATION
$DRESP1,ID, LABEL, RTYPE, PTYPE, REGION, ATTA, ATTB, ATT1, +
$+, ATT2, ...
DRESP1, 20, W , WEIGHT
DRESP1, 21, U4, DISP , , , 1, , 4
DRESP1, 22, V4, DISP , , , 2, , 4
DRESP1, 23, S1, STRESS, PROD, , 2, , 11
$
$...CONSTRAINTS
DCONSTR,21, 21, -0.20 ,0.20
DCONSTR,21, 22, -0.20 ,0.20
DCONSTR,21, 23, -15000.,20000.
DCONSTR,21, 24, -15000.,20000.
$
$...OPTIMIZATION CONTROL:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 5, DESMAX, 10, DELP, 0.5, P1, 1, +
+, P2, 15
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
4
-
5
3-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 4.828427E+00 -3.234952E-01
1 3.007897E+00 3.008492E+00 -1.977251E-04 -3.737402E-03
2 2.821953E+00 2.821638E+00 1.118734E-04 -1.967246E-02
3 2.734469E+00 2.734299E+00 6.217039E-05 -7.241016E-03
4 2.708915E+00 2.708921E+00 -2.024285E-06 -2.369141E-04
5 2.702065E+00 2.702063E+00 7.941219E-07 -2.666992E-04
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A1 | 1.0000E+00 : 7.1020E-01 : 7.8436E-01 : 8.1374E-01 : 8.1739E-01 : 8.3569E-01 :
2 | 2 | A2 | 2.0000E+00 : 9.9976E-01 : 6.0313E-01 : 4.3271E-01 : 3.9699E-01 : 3.3838E-01 :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
*** USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 6464 (DOM12E)
4-6
10-BAR TRUSS
Design variables 10 cross-sectional areas
Objective structural weight
Constraints:
Tensile stress 25,000 psi
Compressive stress 25,000 psi
Note: Several variations of this problem appear in the structural op-
timization literature. Multiple load paths are available to sup-
port the loads at grids 2 and 4.
1
2
3
4
5
6
360" 360"
360"
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
100,000 lbs 100,000 lbs
4-7
10-BAR TRUSS (Cont.)
ID MSC, D200X2
TIME 10
CEND
$
TITLE = OPTIMIZATION TEST CASE 2
SUBTITLE = TEN BAR TRUSS D200X2
DESOBJ = 11 $ OBJECTIVE FUNCTION DEFINITION
ANALYSIS = STATICS
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC = 100
LOAD = 300
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
GRDSET, , , , , , , 3456
GRID, 1, , 720., 360., 0.
GRID, 2, , 720., 0., 0.
GRID, 3, , 360., 360., 0.
GRID, 4, , 360., 0., 0.
GRID, 5, , 0., 360., 0.
GRID, 6, , 0., 0., 0.
CROD, 1, 1, 5, 3
CROD, 2, 2, 3, 1
CROD, 3, 3, 6, 4
CROD, 4, 4, 4, 2
CROD, 5, 5, 3, 4
CROD, 6, 6, 1, 2
CROD, 7, 7, 5, 4
CROD, 8, 8, 6, 3
CROD, 9, 9, 3, 2
CROD, 10, 10, 4, 1
PROD, 1, 1, 5.0
PROD, 2, 1, 5.0
PROD, 3, 1, 5.0
PROD, 4, 1, 5.0
PROD, 5, 1, 5.0
PROD, 6, 1, 5.0
PROD, 7, 1, 5.0
PROD, 8, 1, 5.0
PROD, 9, 1, 5.0
PROD, 10, 1, 5.0
MAT1, 1, 1.0E7, , , 0.1, , , , +
+, 25000., 25000.
FORCE, 300, 2, , 100000.,0.0, -1.0, 0.0
FORCE, 300, 4, , 100000.,0.0, -1.0, 0.0
4-8
SPC1, 100, 12, 5, 6
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
DESVAR, 1, A1, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 2, A2, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 3, A3, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 4, A4, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 5, A5, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 6, A6, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 7, A7, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 8, A8, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 9, A9, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DESVAR, 10, A10, 5.0, 0.001, 1000.0
DVPREL1,1, PROD, 1, 4, , , , , +
+, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,2, PROD, 2, 4, , , , , +
+, 2, 1.0
DVPREL1,3, PROD, 3, 4, , , , , +
+, 3, 1.0
DVPREL1,4, PROD, 4, 4, , , , , +
+, 4, 1.0
DVPREL1,5, PROD, 5, 4, , , , , +
+, 5, 1.0
DVPREL1,6, PROD, 6, 4, , , , , +
+, 6, 1.0
DVPREL1,7, PROD, 7, 4, , , , , +
+, 7, 1.0
DVPREL1,8, PROD, 8, 4, , , , , +
+, 8, 1.0
DVPREL1,9, PROD, 9, 4, , , , , +
+, 9, 1.0
DVPREL1,10, PROD, 10, 4, , , , , +
+, 10, 1.0
DRESP1, 11, W, WEIGHT
DCONSTR,1, 1, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 2, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 3, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 4, -25000.,25000.
4-9
DCONSTR,1, 5, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 6, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 7, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 8, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 9, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR,1, 10, -25000.,25000.
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 2, DESMAX, 20, DELP, 0.8
$DSCREEN STRESS -100. 1
$DSCREEN DISP 1
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
4
-
1
0
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS
**************************************************************************************
RELATIVE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE 2.0186E-03 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-03
OR ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE 3.2241E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E+00
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE PROP. CHANGES 4.0000E-01 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-01
AND MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES 4.0000E-01 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
**************************************************************************************
4
-
1
1
10-BAR TRUSS RESULTS (Cont.)
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 2.098234E+03 6.370801E-01
1 1.891479E+03 1.891557E+03 -4.091475E-05 2.185570E-02
2 1.727591E+03 1.727633E+03 -2.430620E-05 2.338859E-02
3 1.686985E+03 1.686986E+03 -3.618000E-07 2.917891E-03
4 1.649626E+03 1.649633E+03 -4.291912E-06 4.533672E-03
5 1.633149E+03 1.633161E+03 -7.474479E-06 1.653125E-03
6 1.622287E+03 1.622258E+03 1.745734E-05 3.786953E-03
7 1.610578E+03 1.610584E+03 -3.259081E-06 9.830468E-04
8 1.605705E+03 1.605713E+03 -5.017484E-06 5.797110E-03
9 1.597221E+03 1.597220E+03 2.292802E-07 2.474219E-04
10 1.593996E+03 1.593996E+03 -2.297439E-07 4.404531E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-
1
2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A1 | 5.0000E+00 : 7.1656E+00 : 6.7879E+00 : 7.5020E+00 : 7.4191E+00 : 7.5574E+00 :
2 | 2 | A2 | 5.0000E+00 : 1.8086E+00 : 1.2854E+00 : 9.8005E-01 : 8.0972E-01 : 6.3827E-01 :
3 | 3 | A3 | 5.0000E+00 : 9.0000E+00 : 9.2569E+00 : 8.5793E+00 : 8.5881E+00 : 8.4451E+00 :
4 | 4 | A4 | 5.0000E+00 : 3.0356E+00 : 3.3196E+00 : 3.3145E+00 : 3.4713E+00 : 3.5531E+00 :
5 | 5 | A5 | 5.0000E+00 : 2.6696E+00 : 1.1306E+00 : 6.7799E-01 : 4.0678E-01 : 2.4407E-01 :
6 | 6 | A6 | 5.0000E+00 : 1.8086E+00 : 1.2854E+00 : 9.8005E-01 : 8.0972E-01 : 6.3827E-01 :
7 | 7 | A7 | 5.0000E+00 : 6.7380E+00 : 7.5133E+00 : 6.5181E+00 : 6.4789E+00 : 6.2868E+00 :
8 | 8 | A8 | 5.0000E+00 : 5.3387E+00 : 4.0911E+00 : 5.0533E+00 : 4.8353E+00 : 5.0332E+00 :
9 | 9 | A9 | 5.0000E+00 : 4.8307E+00 : 4.6313E+00 : 4.6936E+00 : 4.9093E+00 : 5.0248E+00 :
10 | 10 | A10 | 5.0000E+00 : 2.2236E+00 : 1.3882E+00 : 1.2902E+00 : 9.7214E-01 : 8.3043E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A1 | 7.6879E+00 : 7.7337E+00 : 7.8566E+00 : 7.8665E+00 : 7.9267E+00 :
2 | 2 | A2 | 4.6169E-01 : 3.6299E-01 : 2.4340E-01 : 1.8105E-01 : 1.1949E-01 :
3 | 3 | A3 | 8.3136E+00 : 8.2719E+00 : 8.1506E+00 : 8.1431E+00 : 8.0690E+00 :
4 | 4 | A4 | 3.6911E+00 : 3.7331E+00 : 3.8545E+00 : 3.8673E+00 : 3.9281E+00 :
5 | 5 | A5 | 1.4644E-01 : 8.7864E-02 : 5.2718E-02 : 3.1658E-02 : 1.8995E-02 :
6 | 6 | A6 | 4.6169E-01 : 3.6299E-01 : 2.4340E-01 : 1.8105E-01 : 1.1949E-01 :
7 | 7 | A7 | 6.1055E+00 : 6.0343E+00 : 5.8732E+00 : 5.8515E+00 : 5.7556E+00 :
8 | 8 | A8 | 5.2173E+00 : 5.2757E+00 : 5.4508E+00 : 5.4628E+00 : 5.5563E+00 :
9 | 9 | A9 | 5.2201E+00 : 5.2795E+00 : 5.4454E+00 : 5.4669E+00 : 5.5591E+00 :
10 | 10 | A10 | 6.4001E-01 : 5.1250E-01 : 3.4406E-01 : 2.5765E-01 : 1.6734E-01 :
4-13
O
b
j
e
c
t
i
v
e

F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
4-14
4-15
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN
CONSTRAINT (M. J. Turner 1970)
Purpose: To illustrate design optimization subject to constraints on
eigenvalue.
Objective
Structural weight minimization
Constraint
Fundamental transverse vibration frequency 20 Hz
Design variables
A1, A2, A3 (bar cross-sectional areas)
t1, t2, t3 (web thickness)
A1 A2 A3
t1 t2 t3
X
Z
20" 20" 20"
6"
4-16
CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
nastran oldq4k
ID MSC, D200X6 $
TIME 10
CEND
TITLE = VIBRATION OF A BEAM. D200X6
ECHO = UNSORT
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
METHOD = 1
ANALYSIS = MODES
$
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
EIGRL, 1, , ,
GRID, 1, , 0.0, 0.0, -3.0, , 123456
GRID, 2, , 20.0, 0.0, -3.0, , 2456
GRID, 3, , 40.0, 0.0, -3.0, , 2456
GRID, 4, , 60.0, 0.0, -3.0, , 2456
GRID, 5, , 0.0, 0.0, 3.0, , 123456
GRID, 6, , 20.0, 0.0, 3.0, , 2456
GRID, 7, , 40.0, 0.0, 3.0, , 2456
GRID, 8, , 60.0, 0.0, 3.0, , 2456
$
CROD, 1, 201, 5, 6
CROD, 2, 202, 6, 7
CROD, 3, 203, 7, 8
CROD, 7, 201, 1, 2
CROD, 8, 202, 2, 3
CROD, 9, 203, 3, 4
PROD, 201, 1, 1.0, 0.0
PROD, 202, 1, 1.0, 0.0
PROD, 203, 1, 1.0, 0.0
$
CQUAD4, 4, 204, 1, 2, 6, 5
CQUAD4, 5, 205, 2, 3, 7, 6
CQUAD4, 6, 206, 3, 4, 8, 7
PSHELL, 204, 1, 0.2
PSHELL, 205, 1, 0.2
PSHELL, 206, 1, 0.2
$
4-17
CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
CONM2, 10, 2, , 15.0
CONM2, 11, 3, , 15.0
CONM2, 12, 4, , 15.0
CONM2, 14, 6, , 15.0
CONM2, 15, 7, , 15.0
CONM2, 16, 8, , 15.0
$
MAT1, 1, 1.03E7, , 0.3, 0.1
PARAM, WTMASS, 0.002588
PARAM, GRDPNT, 1
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$...Define the design variables
$
DESVAR, 1, A1, 1.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 2, A2, 1.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 3, A3, 1.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 4, T1, 0.2, 0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 5, T2, 0.2, 0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 6, T3, 0.2, 0.001, 10.0
$
$+, DVIDD1, COEF1, DVID2, COEF2, ...
$
DVPREL1,1, PROD, 201, 4, , , , , +DP1
+DP1, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,2, PROD, 202, 4, , , , , +DP2
+DP2, 2, 1.0
DVPREL1,3, PROD, 203, 4, , , , , +DP3
+DP3, 3, 1.0
DVPREL1,4, PSHELL, 204, 4, , , , , +DP4
+DP4, 4, 1.0
DVPREL1,5, PSHELL, 205, 4, , , , , +DP5
+DP5, 5, 1.0
DVPREL1,6, PSHELL, 206, 4, , , , , +DP6
+DP6, 6, 1.0
$
$...Identify the analysis responses to be used in the design model
$+, ATT2, ...
$
DRESP1, 2, F1, EIGN, , , 1
$
4-18
CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
$...Use these responses to define the objective (in case control)
$ and the constraints:
DCONSTR,10, 2, 15791., 200000.0 $ lower bound = 20 Hz
$
$...Optional override of design optimization parameters:
DOPTPRM, IPRINT,2, DESMAX, 10, DELP, 0.5, P1, 1, +
+, P2, 15
$
ENDDATA
4
-
1
9
BEAM VIBRATION FREQUENCY AS A DESIGN CONSTRAINT (Cont.)
**************************************************************************************
OR ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE 1.4758E-03 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-20
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
4
-
2
0
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 1.920000E+01 N/A
1 9.599569E+00 9.599999E+00 -4.480283E-05 9.583256E-02
2 7.769873E+00 7.771017E+00 -1.472050E-04 1.124312E-02
3 7.153115E+00 7.153544E+00 -5.999172E-05 -8.152450E-03
4 7.007634E+00 7.007762E+00 -1.830387E-05 6.831794E-04
5 6.964279E+00 6.964198E+00 1.157139E-05 2.233088E-03
6 6.962721E+00 6.962722E+00 -2.054529E-07 2.271554E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-
2
1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A1 | 1.0000E+00 : 5.0000E-01 : 7.5000E-01 : 7.9516E-01 : 8.1118E-01 : 8.2894E-01 :
2 | 2 | A2 | 1.0000E+00 : 5.0000E-01 : 3.3388E-01 : 4.2236E-01 : 4.3278E-01 : 4.3948E-01 :
3 | 3 | A3 | 1.0000E+00 : 5.0000E-01 : 2.5000E-01 : 1.5584E-01 : 1.3189E-01 : 1.1434E-01 :
4 | 4 | T1 | 2.0000E-01 : 1.0000E-01 : 1.0296E-01 : 6.6512E-02 : 5.3757E-02 : 5.0283E-02 :
5 | 5 | T2 | 2.0000E-01 : 1.0000E-01 : 5.0000E-02 : 4.6829E-02 : 4.7047E-02 : 4.3168E-02 :
6 | 6 | T3 | 2.0000E-01 : 1.0000E-01 : 5.0000E-02 : 2.5000E-02 : 2.4560E-02 : 2.5978E-02 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | A1 | 8.2998E-01 :
2 | 2 | A2 | 4.3973E-01 :
3 | 3 | A3 | 1.1371E-01 :
4 | 4 | T1 | 4.9550E-02 :
5 | 5 | T2 | 4.2818E-02 :
6 | 6 | T3 | 2.6718E-02 :
4-22
CONSTRAINT RESULTS
4-23
CONSTRAINT RESULTS (Cont.)
CONSTRAINT RESULTS (Cont.)
SECTION 5
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS I
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
DLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
MODE TRACKING FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
MODE TRACKING REQUEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
MODE TRACKING PARAMETERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
FREQUENCY MATCHING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
5-1
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING 5
Design variable linking enforces a design variable dependence on
other, independent variables.
The DLINK entry is used to write this dependence.
DLINK
Multiple Design Variable Linking
5-2
DLINK Multiple Design Variable Linking
Relates one design variable to one or more other design variables.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DDVID Dependent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
C0 Constant term. (Real; Default = 0.0)
CMULT Constant multiplier. (Real; Default = 1.0)
IDVi Independent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Coefficient i corresponding to IDVi. (Real)
Remarks:
1. DLINK defines the relationship
2. This capability provides a means of linking physical design variables such as element
thicknesses to nonphysical design variables such as the coefficients of interpolating
functions.
3. CMULT provides a simple means of scaling the Ci. For example if Ci = 1/7, 2/7, 4/7, etc.
is desired, then CMULT = 1/7 and Ci = 1, 2, 4, etc., may be input.
4. An independent IDVi must not occur on the same DLINK entry more than once.
5. ID is for user reference only.
DLINK ID DDVID C0 CMULT IDV1 C1 IDV2 C2
IDV3 C3 -etc.-
DLINK 10 2 0.1 0.33 2 2.0 6 1.0
8 7.0
DDVID C0 CMULT Ci IDVi
i
+ =
5-3
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING (Cont.)
For example, consider a simple plate, in which the redesigned
thickness distribution is to vary linearly:
so,
y
x
t
1
t
2
t
3
t
4
0 10. 20. 30. 40.
t
i
t
4
t
1
30
----------------
,
_
x
i
t
1
+ =
t
2
2
3
---t
1
1
3
---t
4
+ =
t
3
1
3
---t
1
2
3
---t
4
+ =
5-4
The DLINK entries can be written as:
The only independent variables are t
1
and t
4
. t
2
and t
3
are the
dependent quantities. The design space is now two-dimensional,
rather than four.
Reducing the number of independent design variables offers greater
advantages for large design problems.
DESVAR, 1, T1, 1., 0.01, 5.
DESVAR, 1, T2, 1., 0.01, 5.
DESVAR, 1, T3, 1., 0.01, 5.
DESVAR, 1, T4, 1., 0.01, 5.
$
DLINK, 11, 2, 0., 0.333, 1, 2., 4, 1.
DLINK, 12, 3, 0., 0.333, 1, 1., 4, 2.
$
DVPREL1,21, PSHELL, 101, 4, 0.01, 5., , , +
+, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,22, PSHELL, 102, 4, 0.01, 5., , , +
+, 2, 1.0
DVPREL1,23, PSHELL, 103, 4, 0.01, 5., , , +
+, 3, 1.0
DVPREL1,24, PSHELL, 104, 4, 0.01, 5., , , +
+, 4, 1.0
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
5-5
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS
Reduced basis formulations are conceptually similar to design
variable linking, but can be implemented in a number of ways.
Consider a plate to be designed with uniform thickness distribution:
Plate Thickness Distribution
t
1
y
x = L
x = 0
t
2
t
10
5-6
REDUCED BASIS FORMULATIONS (Cont.)
Basis Functions
F
1
F
2
F
3
F(x/L)
1.0
0.5 1.0
x/L
F
1
x
L
---
,
_
C
1
=
F
2
x
L
---
,
_
C
1
1
x
L
---
,
_
=
F
3
x
L
---
,
_
C
1
1
x
L
---
,
_
2
=
C
1
1.0 =
5-7
These variations can be written as linear combinations of basis
vectors:
In general, a reduced basis formulation is expressed as:
where
t
1
t
2
t
3
t
4
t
5
t
6
t
7
t
8
t
9
t
10

' ;

1.0 1.0 1.0
1.0 0.9 0.81
1.0 0.8 0.64
1.0 0.7 0.49
1.0 0.6 0.36
1.0 0.5 0.25
1.0 0.4 0.16
1.0 0.3 0.09
1.0 0.2 0.04
1.0 0.1 0.01
x
1
x
2
x
3

' ;

=
p { }
M
T [ ]
MXN
x { }
N
=
M N
5-8
Since these are linear design variable to property relations, we can
use DVPREL1 entries:
$PSHELL,PID, MID1, T, MID2, 12I/T3 MID3
PSHELL, 101, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 102, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 103, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 104, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 105, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 106, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 107, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 108, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 109, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
PSHELL, 110, 100, 1.0, 100, , 100
$
DESVAR, 1, X1, 0.33, -1.0, +1.0
DESVAR, 2, X2, 0.33, -1.0, +1.0
DESVAR, 3, X3, 0.33, -1.0, +1.0
$
DVPREL1,201, PSHELL, 101, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 1.0, 3, 1.0
DVPREL1,202, PSHELL, 102, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.9, 3, 0.81
DVPREL1,203, PSHELL, 103, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.8, 3, 0.64
DVPREL1,204, PSHELL, 104, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.7, 3, 0.49
DVPREL1,205, PSHELL, 105, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.6, 3, 0.36
DVPREL1,206, PSHELL, 106, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.5, 3, 0.25
DVPREL1,207, PSHELL, 107, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.4, 3, 0.16
DVPREL1,208, PSHELL, 108, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.3, 3, 0.09
DVPREL1,209, PSHELL, 109, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.2, 3, 0.04
DVPREL1,210, PSHELL, 110, 4, 0.01, , , , +
+, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.1, 3, 0.01
5-9
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL
Specifying DRESP1 entries ensures that all necessary data recovery
is done automatically. (Internally, design optimization Case Control
Sections are written to ensure all necessary responses are
recovered.)
In general, Case Control output requests are for output/
postprocessing purposes only. (PARAM,NASPRT,n can be used to
control frequency of this output.)
Exceptions:
Dynamic Responses
Magnitude/phase or real/imaginary representations are selected
using Case Control
Example:
SUBCASE 10
ANALYSIS = DFREQ
SET 200 = 1000,1001,1003
DISPLACEMENT(PHASE) = 200
All displacement components will be in magnitude/phase form both
in the design model and in the analysis output. The SET request is
not required.
5-10
DESIGN RESPONSES AND CASE CONTROL (Cont.)
Stress/Strain
von Mises, or maximum shear, are selectable in Case Control, both
for data recovery and for the design model.
Example:
SUBCASE 20
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SET 200 = 1000,1001,1003
STRESS(MAXS) = 200
Stresses for all elements are represented as maximum shears,
both for data recovery of the analysis model and for response
retrieval of the design model.
5-11
MODE TRACKING FEATURES
Useful when eigenvalues (e.g., first roof bending, first torsional,
etc.) are being designed
Modes are tracked based on a cross-orthogonality check:
Updated DRESP1 data available in the .pch file
$
$ Mode Tracking has been performed successfully. Updated
DRESP1 entries are:
$
DRESP1 301LFREQ FREQ 2
DRESP1 303HFREQ FREQ 4
If mode tracking fails, correlation data for the untracked mode(s) is
printed and the run is terminated.
Mode tracking is requested by Case Control entry: MODTRAK.
Parameters for mode tracking are specified by Bulk Data Entry:
MODTRAK.
i
t
M
i
i 1
t
i
=
MODTRAK
Mode Tracking Request
5-12
MODTRAK Mode Tracking Request
Selects mode tracking options in design optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
MODTRAK = n
Example:
MODTRAK = 100
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. Selection of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry with the MODTRAK Case Control command
activates mode tracking for the current subcase. This request is limited to normal modes
subcases (ANALYSIS = MODES) in design optimization (SOL 200).
MODTRAK
Mode Tracking Parameters
5-13
MODTRAK Mode Tracking Parameters
Specifies parameters for mode tracking in design optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
SID Sets identification number that is selected in the Case Control Section with the
MODTRAK command. (Integer; No Default) See Remark 1.
LOWRNG Lowest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer 0,
Default = 0. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
HIGHRNG Highest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0,
Default = number of eigenvalues extracted. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
MTFILTER Filtering parameter used in mode cross-orthogonality check. See Remark 3.
(Real, Default = 0.9)
Remarks:
1. Only the designed modes for the subcase will be tracked. A designed mode is one that is
used in the design model (in connection with either objective or constraints) and, there-
fore, identified on a DRESP1 entry.
2. The range of modes LOWRNG through HIGHRNG, inclusive, will be used to track the de-
signed modes. If LOWRNG and HIGHRNG are both blank, then all computed modes will
be used to search for the designed modes. Since large numbers of computed modes will
result in higher computational costs, limiting the search range with LOWRNG and HIGH-
RNG is recommended.
3. Modes are considered to correlate if their mass normalized cross orthogonalities are
greater than MTFILTER.
MODTRAK SID LOWRNG HIGHRNGMTFILTER
MODTRAK 100 1 26 0.80
5-14
EQUALITY CONSTRAINTS
Equality constraints are not provided for directly, although they can
be formulated in MSC/NASTRAN.
The simplest way is to provide lower and upper bounds that are
equivalent:
This can be written using a single DCONSTR entry
This approach is not recommended, since it usually doesnt lead to
the best conditioned problem. The bounds will probably never be
solved with equality.
The best way is to provide some tolerance or to recast the problem;
these are shown in the next example.
r r x ( ) r
$
$ EIGENVALUE FOR MODE 2:
DRESP1, 15, LAMA1, EIGN, , , 2
$
$ BOUNDS:
DCONSTR,100, 15, 3.5531E4,3.5531E4 $ 30 Hz
$
5-15
FREQUENCY MATCHING
Design objective:
Assume that the eigenvalues of a natural vibration problem
are found from an analysis of the current model.
Since the results of the shake tests indicate that they should be
we wish to make adjustments to a set of
structural parameters to match both the analysis and test results
Approach 1
Use equality constraints or two narrowly defined inequality
constraints
Approach 2
Form a new synthetic response as the sum of frequency errors
squared and minimize it
i

i 1 +

i 2 +
, , ,
i

i 1 +

i 2 +
, , ,
i

i

i
+
ERR 1.0
i

i
( )2 1.0
i 1 +

i 1 +
( ) ( )2 + + =
5-16
SECTION 6
DESIGN MODELING II
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY RELATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
DVPREL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR SECTION BAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH TYPE-2 RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . 6-16
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-19
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC RESPONSES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
6-1
DESIGN MODEL DEFINITION PROCESS 6
Flowchart for Design Modeling
Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1, DVPREL2, DEQATN)
Case Control: Analysis +)
(Bulk Data: DESVAR)
(Bulk Data: DRESP1, DRESP2, DEQATN)
Provide any necessary
parameter overrides
(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM)
6-2
USER-DEFINED DESIGN VARIABLE-TO-PROPERTY
RELATIONS
Analysis model parameters can be classified depending on how
theyre referenced in the design model:
In order to define a property with an equation, DVPREL2, DEQATN,
and possibly, DTABLE entries are used.
Analysis
Model
Parameters
=
P
L
P
NL
P
o
f(X,C) =
= C
2
+ X DVPREL1
DVPREL2
DVPREL2
6-3
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design variables with a user-supplied
equation.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
FID Field position of the property in the analysis model entry. (Integer 0)
location field, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be
explicitly set to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for
example, field ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.E20)
EQID DEQATN entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR DESVAR flag. Indicates that the IDs of DESVAR entries follow. (Character)
DTABLE DTABLE flag. Indicates that the IDs for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
This field may be omitted if there are no constants involved in this relation.
(Character)
LABLi Label for a constant on the DTABLE entry. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
DVPREL2 ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX EQID
DESVAR DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 -etc.-
DTABLE LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 -etc.-
DVPREL2 13 PBAR 712 5 0.2 4
DESVAR 4 11 13 5
DTABLE PI YM
DVPREL2
6-4
Remarks:
1. The variables identified by DVIDi and LABLi correspond to variable names (x1, x2, etc.)
listed in the left-hand side of the first equation on the DEQATN entry identified by EQID.
The variable names x1 through xN (where N = m + n) are assigned in the order DVID1,
DVID2, ..., DVIDn, LABL1, LABL2, ..., LABLm.
2. If both DESVAR and DTABLE are specified in field 2, DESVAR must appear first.
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in EPT. For
example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3 may be used. How-
ever, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See Remark 4 on the DVPREL1 entry
description for specification of the PBEAM element property tables.
DEQATN
Design Equation Definition
6-5
DEQATN Design Equation Definition
Defines one or more equations for use in design sensitivity or p-element analysis.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
EQID Unique equation identification number. (Integer > 0)
EQUATION Equation(s). See Remarks. (Character)
Remarks:
1. EQUATION is a single equation or a set of nested equations and is specified in fields 3
through 9 on the first entry and may be continued on fields 2 through 9 on the continuation
entries. On the continuation entries, no commas can appear in columns 1 through 8. All
data in fields 2 through 9 must be specified in columns 9 through 72. The large-field for-
mat is not allowed.
A single equation has the following format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1
A set of nested equations is separated by semicolons and has the format:
Expression-i is a collection of constants, real variables, and real functions, separated by
operators, and must produce a single real value. (x1, x2, ..., xn) is the list of all the vari-
able names (except variable-i) that appear in all expressions. Variable-i may be used in
subsequent expressions. The last equation, variable-m = expression-m, provides the
value that is returned to the Bulk Data entry that references EQID; e.g., DRESP2. The
example above represents the following mathematical equations:
(Continued)
DEQATN EQID EQUATION
EQUATION (Cont.)
DEQATN 14 F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(PI(1) R)
+ A 2/(B C); F = A + B F1 D
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1;
variable-2 = expression-2;
etc...................
variable-m = expression-m
DEQATN
6-6
where SIN and PI are intrinsic functions. See Remark 4.
2. EQUATION may contain embedded blanks. EQUATION must contain less than 12,500
nonblank characters. This is equivalent to approximately 195 continuation entries.
3. The syntax of the expressions follows FORTRAN language standards. The allowable
arithmetic operations are shown in Table 1 in the order of execution precedence. Paren-
thesis are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are
performed first with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the
parentheses.
Table 1. DEQATN Entry Operators.
4. The expressions may contain intrinsic functions. Table 2 contains the format and descrip-
tions of functions that may appear in the expressions. The use of functions that may be
discontinuous must be used with caution because they can cause discontinuous deriva-
tives. These are ABS, DIM, MAX, MIN, and MOD. For examples and further details see
the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary.
(Continued)
Operator Operation Sample Expressions Interpreted As
, + Negative or Positive immediately
preceded by exponentiation
X Y X ( Y )
Exponentiation X Y ( X Y )
, + Negative or Positive X Y ( X ) Y
, / Multiplication or Division X Y + Z ( X Y ) + Z
+, Addition or Subtraction X + Y X + Y
1 A B C D
3
10 + ( ) PI 1 ( ) R ( ) sin
A
2
B C
-------------- + + + =
F A B F 1 D + =
DEQATN
6-7
Table 2. DEQATN Entry Functions.
Format Description Mathematical Expression
ABS(x) absolute value | x |
ACOS(x) arccosine
cos
-1
x
ACOSH(x) hyperbolic arccosine
cosh
-1
x
ASIN(x) arcsine
sin
-1
x
ASINH(x) hyperbolic arcsine
sinh
-1
x
ATAN(x) arctangent
tan
-1
x
ATAN2(x,y) arctangent of quotient
tan
-1
(x/y)
ATANH(x) hyperbolic arctangent
tanh
-1
x
ATANH2(x,y) hyperbolic arctangent of quotient
tanh
-1
(x/y)
COS(x) cosine cos x
COSH(x) hyperbolic cosine cosh x
DIM(x,y) positive difference x MIN(x,y)
EXP(x) exponential
e
x
LOG(x) natural logarithm log
e
x
LOG10(x) common logarithm log
10
x
LOGX(x,y) base x logarithm log
x
y
MAX(x1, x2, ...) maximum maximum of x1, etc.
MIN(x1, x2, ...) minimum minimum of x1, etc.
MOD(x,y) remainder (modulo) x y (INT(x/y))
PI(x) multiples of pi () x
SIN(x) sine sin x
SINH(x) hyperbolic sine sinh x
SQRT(x) square root
TAN(x) tangent tan x
TANH(x) hyperbolic tangent tanh x
x
DEQATN
6-8
5. If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the:
a. DVPREL2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj and LABLk fields.
b. DRESP2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj, LABLk, NRm, and Gp fields in that
order.
c. GMLOAD, GMBC, or TEMPF entries, then
x1 represents x in the basic coordinate system,
x2 represents y in the basic coordinate system, and
x3 represents z in the basic coordinate system.
d. GMCURV entry, then
x1 represents line parameter u.
e. GMSURF entry, then
x1 represents surface parameter u and
x2 represents surface parameter v.
6. If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the GMLOAD, GMBC, TEMPF, GMCURV, or
GMSURF entries and your computer has a short word length (e.g., 32 bits/word), then
EQUATION is processed with double precision and constants may be specified in double
precision; e.g., 1.2D0. If your machine has a long word length (e.g., 64 bits/word) then
EQUATION is processed in single precision and constants must be specified in single pre-
cision; e.g., 1.2.
7. The DMAP logical operators NOT, AND, OR < XOR, and XQV cannot be used as X
i
names.
8. Input errors on the DEQATN entry often result in poor messages. Substituting a [ for a
parenthesis or violating the restriction against large field format are examples. Known
messages are UFM 215, SFM 233 and UFM 5199. If any of these messages are encoun-
tered then review the DEQATN entry input.
DTABLE
Table Constants
6-9
DTABLE Table Constants
Defines a table of real constants that are used in equations (see DEQATN entry).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
LABLi Label for the constant. (Character)
VALUi Value of the constant. (Real)
Remarks:
1. Only one DTABLE entry may be specified in the Bulk Data Section.
2. LABLi are referenced by the LABi on the DVPREL2 or DRESP2 entries.
DTABLE LABL1 VALU1 LABL2 VALU2 LABL3 VALU3 LABL4 VALU4
LABL5 VALU5 LABL6 VALU6 -etc.-
DTABLE PI 3.142 H 10.1 E 1.0E6 T 0.1
G 5.5E5 B 100.
6-10
EXAMPLE DEFINING A RECTANGULAR
SECTION BAR
1
2
c
b
h
b 0.3 =
h 0.4 =
A b h =
I
1
bh
3
12
---------- =
I
2
hb
3
12
---------- =
C
1
1
2
---b =
C
2
1
2
---h =
$...ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES:
PBAR, 120, 220, 0.12, 9.0E-4, 1.6E-3, , , , +
+, -.15, .2
$
$...BAR CROSS-SECTIONAL DIMENSIONS:
DESVAR, 10, B
1
, .3, .1, 1.0
DESVAR, 11, H
1
, .4, .1, 1.0
$
$...BAR PROPERTY RELATIONS, A, I1, I2:
$DVPREL2,ID, TYPE, PID, FID, PMIN, PMAX, EQID, , +
$+, DESVAR,DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DTABLE,CID1, CID2, ...
DVPREL2,250, PBAR, 120, 4, , , 501, , +
+, DESVAR, 10, 11
DVPREL2,251, PBAR, 120, 5, 1.0E-5, , 502, , +
+, DESVAR, 10, 11
DVPREL2,252, PBAR, 120, 6, 1.0E-5, , 503, , +
+, DESVAR, 10, 11
$
$...EQUATIONS:
DEQATN 501 AREA(B,H) = B*H
DEQATN 502 I1(B,H) = B*H**3/12.
DEQATN 503 I2(B,H) = H*B**3/12.
$
$...STRESS RECOVERY POINT LOCATIONS:
DVPREL1,260, PBAR, 120, 12, -.5, , , , +
+, 10, -.5
DVPREL1,261, PBAR, 120, 13, .05, , , , +
+, 11, .5
6-11
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES
Design responses can be classified based on how they are defined:
Type 2, or second-level responses, can be written as functions of:
Design Variables
Table Constants
Type 1 Response(s)
Grid Coordinates
DVPREL1 Entries
DRESP1
Responses obtained directly from
an MSC/NASTRAN analysis
DRESP2
Responses written using equations
Design
Responses
Simple
Responses
(Type 1)
Synthetic
Responses
(Type 2)
=
6-12
USER-DEFINED RESPONSES (Cont.)
Examples:
Generation of a new stress or strain failure criterion that is not
available in MSC/NASTRAN
Imposing local buckling criteria based on element sizes as well as
stress components
Programming proprietary design-sizing equations
Generation of nonlinear displacement responses such as
displacement magnitudes:
More complex relations among displacements could be formed by
combining with MPC and RBE3 capabilities.
A second level response is written using a DRESP2 Bulk Data entry,
which in turn references a DEQATN entry.
U u
x
2
u
y
2
u
z
2
+ + =
DRESP2
Design Sensitivity Equation Response Quantities
6-13
DRESP2 Design Sensitivity Equation Response Quantities
Defines equation responses that are used in the design, either as constraints or as an objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
(Continued)
DRESP2 ID LABEL EQID REGION
DESVAR DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 DVID4 DVID5 DVID6 DVID7
DVID8 -etc.-
DTABLE LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 LABL4 LABL5 LABL6 LABL7
LABL8 -etc.-
DRESP1 NR1 NR2 NR3 NR4 NR5 NR6 NR7
NR8 -etc.-
DNODE G1 C1 G2 C2 G3 C3
G4 C4 -etc.-
DVPREL1 DPIP1 DPIP2 DPIP3 DPIP4 DPIP5 DPIP6 DPIP7
DPIP8 DPIP9 -etc.-
DRESP2 1 LBUCK 5 3
DESVAR 101 3 4 5 1 205 209
201
DTABLE PI YM L
DRESP1 14 1 4 22 6 33 2
DNODE 14 1 4 1 22 3
2 1 43 1
DVPREL1 101 102
DRESP2
6-14
REGION Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 5. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR Flag indicating DESVAR entry identification numbers. (Character)
DTABLE Flag indicating that the labels for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
(Character)
LABLj Label for a constant in the DTABLE entry. (Character)
DRESP1 Flag indicating DRESP1 entry identification numbers. (Character)
NRk DRESP1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DNODE Flag signifying that the following fields are designed grid points. See Remark 7.
(Character)
Gm Grid point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Cm Degree of freedom number of grid point Gm. (1 Integer 3)
DVPREL1 Flag indicating DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Character)
DPIPi DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. DRESP2 entries may only reference DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, and DVPREL1 en-
tries. They may not reference other DRESP2 entries.
2. Referenced DRESP1 entries cannot span analysis types or superelements.
3. DRESP2 entries must have unique identification numbers with respect to DRESP1
entries.
4. The DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, DNODE, and DVPREL1 flags in field 2 must
appear in the order given above. Any of these words, along with the identification num-
bers associated with them, may be omitted if they are not involved in this DRESP2
relationship. However, at least one of these four types of arguments must exist.
5. The REGION field follows the same rules as for the DRESP1 entries. DRESP1 and
DRESP2 responses will never be contained in the same region, even if they are assigned
the same REGION identification number. The default is to put all responses referenced
by one DRESP2 entry in the same region.
(Continued)
DRESP2
6-15
6. The variables identified by DVIDi, LABLj, NRk, the Gm, Cm pairs and DPIPi are assigned
(in that order) to the variable names (x1, x2, x3, etc.) specified in the left-hand side of the
first equation on the DEQATN entry referenced by EQID. The variable names x1 through
xN (N = m + n + p + q) are assigned in the order DVID1, ..., DVIDm, LABL1, ..., LABLn,
NR1, ..., NRp, G1, ..., Gq, DPIP1, ..., DPIPr. In the example below,
7. (Gm, Cm) refer to a designed grid component. Depending on the scheme used in gener-
ating basis vectors, a designed grid component can be one of the following:
a. A component defined by a DVGRID entry if manual input of DVGRID entries is used.
b. A grid component that is free to move in a full auxiliary model when the external dis-
placement fields are used.
c. When the auxiliary model boundary shape method is used, a designed grid compo-
nent can be either a loaded grid component in the auxiliary model or a grid
component with motion that is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
d. When the interface using geometric boundary shapes is used, a designed grid com-
ponent is either a grid component defined on a DVGRID entry or one with motion that
is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
DRESP2 1 LBUCK 5 3
DESVAR 101 3
DTABLE PI YM
DNODE 14 1
DEQATN 5 F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(C R)
DESVARs 101 and 3 are assigned to arguments A and B.
DTABLEs PI and YM are assigned to arguments C and D.
Grid 14, Component 1 is assigned to argument R.
6-16
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH
TYPE-2 RESPONSES
Design objective:
Bar displaces but does not bend
Target displacements become:
and
u1 u2 u3 u4
1 2 3 4
desired shape
deformed shape
original shape
u
2
2u
1
u
4
+
3
----------------------- =
u
3
u
1
2u
4
+
3
----------------------- =
6-17
EXAMPLE DEFORMATION CONTROL WITH
TYPE-2 RESPONSES (Cont.)
A new response that represents a measure of deformation may be
expressed:
DEF u
2
u
2
( )
2
u
3
u
3
( )
2
+ =
$ IN CASE CONTROL:
$
DESOBJ(MIN) = 21
$
$ IN BULK DATA:
$
$...IDENTIFY THE FIRST-LEVEL DISPLACEMENT RESPONSES:
$
$+, ATT2, ...
DRESP1, 11, UY1, DISP, , , 2, , 1
DRESP1, 12, UY2, DISP, , , 2, , 2
DRESP1, 13, UY3, DISP, , , 2, , 3
DRESP1, 14, UY4, DISP, , , 2, , 4
$
$DRESP2,ID, LABEL, EQID, REGION, , , , , +
$+, DRESP1, NR1, NR2, ...
DRESP2, 21, DEF2, 100, , , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 11, 12, 13, 14
$
DEQATN 100 F1(A,B,C,D) = (2.*A + D)/3.0 ; +
+ F2 = (A + 2.*D)/3.0 ; +
+ F = SQRT( (B-F1)**2 + (C-F2)**2 )
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
6-18
DRESP2 DEPENDENCY ON DRESP1 RESPONSES
Recall that a single DRESP1 entry may generate a number of responses.
There will likewise be as many DRESP2 responses generated when
referencing this type of DRESP1 response.
DRESP2 DRESP1
PID1
PID2
PIDm
.
.
.
EID1
EID2
EIDn
.
.
.
6-19
EXAMPLE BAR AXIAL PLUS BENDING STRESSES
Stress recovery locations for a BAR element yield only bending stress
components. DRESP2 entries can be used to include axial stress
component, yielding total stress.
$ ANALYSIS:
$
CBAR, 10, 100, 1, 2, 1., 1., 0.
CBAR, 11, 100, 2, 3, 1., 1., 0.
CBAR, 12, 100, 3, 4, 1., 1., 0.
CBAR, 13, 100, 4, 5, 1., 1., 0.
$
PBAR, 100, 101, 1.25E3, 2.6042E5,6.5104E4,, , , +
+, 12.5, 25., 12.5, -25., -12.5, -25., -12.5, 25.
$
$ DESIGN:
$
DRESP1, 110, SA1, STRESS, PBAR, , 2, , 100
DRESP1, 114, AXIAL, STRESS, PBAR, , 6, , 100
$
DRESP2, 210, SR1, 303, , , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 110, 114
DRESP2, 211, SR2, 303, , , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 111, 114
DRESP2, 212, SR3, 303, , , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 112, 114
DRESP2, 213, SR4, 303, , , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 113, 114
$
DEQATN 303 SRI(POINT,AXIAL) = POINT+AXIAL
6-20
RESTRICTIONS IN FORMING SYNTHETIC
RESPONSES
Different types of responses (for example, weight and
displacement) can be mixed in one equation with caution. Each
associated DRESP1 entry must generate a single response only.
Responses cannot be mixed across the subcases in one equation.
Multiple equations must be separated by a semi-colon (;) and no
recursive reference is allowed.
SECTION 7
EXAMPLES II
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
25-BAR TRUSS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
7-1
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION 7
Load cases:
1. In-plane load Nx=1000 lbs/in and uniform pressure 50 psi in the
+Z direction.
2. Lumped vertical load of 10,000 lbs at grid 10203.
Web Cap
10404
20204
F
x
X
10004
10204
10203
Plate
Y
10400
20200
10200
Web
10000
F
z
7-2
STIFFENED PANEL WEIGHT MINIMIZATION (Cont.)
Objective
Weight minimization
Constraints
Stress:
von Mises stress for plate elements 25 ksi for subcases
1, 2
Axial stress for rod elements 25 ksi for subcases 1, 2
Displacement:
z-displacement at 10203 0.1 in. for subcase 1
z-displacement at 10203 0.03 in. for subcase 2
7-3
Design variables
Thickness of web
Thickness of plate
Area of web cap
I
1
I
1
0
A
A
0
-------
,
_
2
I
2
, I
2
0
A
A
0
-------
,
_
2
= =
I
12
I
12
0
A
A
0
-------
,
_
2
C
j
, C
j
0
A
A
0
-------
,
_
1
2
---
= =
7-4
ID MSC, D200X7 $
TIME 10
CEND
$
TITLE = STATIC ANALYSIS OF A STIFFENED PLATE D200X7
ECHO = UNSORT
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC = 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
$ (MIN IS THE DEFAULT)
SUBCASE 1
LOAD = 1
DESSUB = 100 $ CONSTRAINT DEFININITION
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 2
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
GRID, 10000, , 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 10001, , 2.5, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 10002, , 5.0, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 10003, , 7.5, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 10004, , 10.0, 0.0, 0.0
GRID, 10100, , 0.0, 2.5, 0.0
GRID, 10101, , 2.5, 2.5, 0.0
GRID, 10102, , 5.0, 2.5, 0.0
GRID, 10103, , 7.5, 2.5, 0.0
GRID, 10104, , 10.0, 2.5, 0.0
GRID, 10200, , 0.0, 5.0, 0.0
GRID, 10201, , 2.5, 5.0, 0.0
GRID, 10202, , 5.0, 5.0, 0.0
GRID, 10203, , 7.5, 5.0, 0.0
GRID, 10204, , 10.0, 5.0, 0.0
GRID, 10300, , 0.0, 7.5, 0.0
GRID, 10301, , 2.5, 7.5, 0.0
GRID, 10302, , 5.0, 7.5, 0.0
GRID, 10303, , 7.5, 7.5, 0.0
GRID, 10304, , 10.0, 7.5, 0.0
GRID, 10400, , 0.0, 10.0, 0.0
GRID, 10401, , 2.5, 10.0, 0.0
7-5
GRID, 10402, , 5.0, 10.0, 0.0
GRID, 10403, , 7.5, 10.0, 0.0
GRID, 10404, , 10.0, 10.0, 0.0
GRID, 20100, , 0.0, 5.0, 1.0
GRID, 20101, , 2.5, 5.0, 1.0
GRID, 20102, , 5.0, 5.0, 1.0
GRID, 20103, , 7.5, 5.0, 1.0
GRID, 20104, , 10.0, 5.0, 1.0
GRID, 20200, , 0.0, 5.0, 2.0
GRID, 20201, , 2.5, 5.0, 2.0
GRID, 20202, , 5.0, 5.0, 2.0
GRID, 20203, , 7.5, 5.0, 2.0
GRID, 20204, , 10.0, 5.0, 2.0
$
CQUAD4, 1, 1, 10000, 10001, 10101, 10100
CQUAD4, 2, 1, 10001, 10002, 10102, 10101
CQUAD4, 3, 1, 10002, 10003, 10103, 10102
CQUAD4, 4, 1, 10003, 10004, 10104, 10103
CQUAD4, 5, 1, 10100, 10101, 10201, 10200
CQUAD4, 6, 1, 10101, 10102, 10202, 10201
CQUAD4, 7, 1, 10102, 10103, 10203, 10202
CQUAD4, 8, 1, 10103, 10104, 10204, 10203
CQUAD4, 9, 1, 10200, 10201, 10301, 10300
CQUAD4, 10, 1, 10201, 10202, 10302, 10301
CQUAD4, 11, 1, 10202, 10203, 10303, 10302
CQUAD4, 12, 1, 10203, 10204, 10304, 10303
CQUAD4, 13, 1, 10300, 10301, 10401, 10400
CQUAD4, 14, 1, 10301, 10302, 10402, 10401
CQUAD4, 15, 1, 10302, 10303, 10403, 10402
CQUAD4, 16, 1, 10303, 10304, 10404, 10403
$
CQUAD4, 21, 2, 10200, 10201, 20101, 20100
CQUAD4, 22, 2, 10201, 10202, 20102, 20101
CQUAD4, 23, 2, 10202, 10203, 20103, 20102
CQUAD4, 24, 2, 10203, 10204, 20104, 20103
CQUAD4, 25, 2, 20100, 20101, 20201, 20200
CQUAD4, 26, 2, 20101, 20102, 20202, 20201
CQUAD4, 27, 2, 20102, 20103, 20203, 20202
CQUAD4, 28, 2, 20103, 20104, 20204, 20203
$
CBAR, 31, 3, 20200, 20201, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0
CBAR, 32, 3, 20201, 20202, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0
CBAR, 33, 3, 20202, 20203, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0
CBAR, 34, 3, 20203, 20204, 0.0, 1.0, 0.0
$
PSHELL, 1, 1, 0.15, 1
PSHELL, 2, 1, 0.2, 1
PBAR, 3, 1, 0.144, 1.728-4,1.728-2,1.745-2,, , +PB3
+PB3, 0.06, 0.6, 0.06, -0.6, -0.06, -0.6, -0.06, 0.6
7-6
$
MAT1, 1, 1.0E+7, , 0.33, 0.283
$
FORCE, 1, 10004, , 2000.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0
FORCE, 1, 10104, , 2000.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0
FORCE, 1, 10204, , 2000.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0
FORCE, 1, 10304, , 2000.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0
FORCE, 1, 10404, , 2000.0, 1.0, 0.0, 0.0
FORCE, 2, 10203, , 10000.0,0.0, 0.0, 1.0
PLOAD2, 1, 50., 1, THRU, 16
$
SPC1, 1, 1236, 10000
SPC1, 1, 136, 10100, 10300, 10400
SPC1, 1, 36, 10001, 10002, 10003, 10004, 10104
SPC1, 1, 36, 10401, 10402, 10403, 10404, 10304
SPC1, 1, 3, 10204
SPC1, 1, 13, 10200
SPC1, 1, 5, 20100, 20101, 20102, 20103, 20104
SPC1, 1, 6, 10101, 10102, 10103, 10104
SPC1, 1, 6, 10301, 10302, 10303, 10304
$
PARAM, GRDPNT, 1
PARAM, WTMASS, 0.00259
PARAM, AUTOSPC, YES
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$...Define the design variables:
$
DESVAR, 1, T-PLATE,0.15, 0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 2, T-WEB, 0.20, 0.001, 10.0
DESVAR, 3, A-BAR, 0.144, 0.001, 10.0
$
$ (linear relations, so use DVPREL1)
$
$...Express shell thicknesses as functions of x1, x2:
DVPREL1,1, PSHELL, 1, 4, 0.01, , , , +DP1
+DP1, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,2, PSHELL, 2, 4, 0.01, , , , +DP2
+DP2, 2, 1.0
$
$...Express bar cross sectional area as a function of x3:
DVPREL1,3, PBAR, 3, 4, 0.01, , , , +DP3
7-7
+DP3, 3, 1.0
$
$...Proportionally relate bars I1, I2, I12 to changes in area (x3):
$ (nonlinear relations require use of DVPREL2+DEQATN)
$+, DESVAR,DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DTABLE,CID1, CID2, ...
DVPREL2,11, PBAR, 3, 5, 1.0-6, , 101, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, I1INIT
DEQATN 101 I1(X3,X3INIT,I1INIT) = I1INIT ;
DELTA = SQRT(X3/X3INIT) ;
I1NEW = I1*DELTA**4
DVPREL2,12, PBAR, 3, 6, 1.0-6, , 102, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
I2NEW = I2*DELTA**4
DVPREL2,13, PBAR, 3, 7, 1.0-6, , 103, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
I12NEW = I12*DELTA**4
$
$...Modify stress recovery points accordingly:
DVPREL2,14, PBAR, 3, 12, , , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, CYINIT
DVPREL2,15, PBAR, 3, 13, , , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, CZINIT
DVPREL2,16, PBAR, 3, 14, , , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, DYINIT
DVPREL2,17, PBAR, 3, 15, -1.0, , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, DZINIT
DVPREL2,18, PBAR, 3, 16, -1.0, , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, EYINIT
DVPREL2,19, PBAR, 3, 17, -1.0, , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, EZINIT
DVPREL2,20, PBAR, 3, 18, -1.0, , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, FYINIT
DVPREL2,21, PBAR, 3, 19, , , 104, , +
7-8
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, X3INIT, FZINIT
$
$...Equation for stress recovery points:
DEQATN 104 NEWPOINT(X3,X3INIT,POINT) = POINT*SQRT(X3/X3INIT)
$
$...Table constants for all equations:
DTABLE, X3INIT, 0.144, I1INIT, 1.728-4,I2INIT, 1.728-2,I12INIT,1.745-2,+
+, CYINIT, 0.06, CZINIT, 0.6, DYINIT, 0.06, DZINIT, -0.6, +
+, EYINIT, -0.06, EZINIT, -0.6, FYINIT, -0.06, FZINIT, 0.6
$
$...Identify the design responses:
$
$+, ATT2, ...
DRESP1, 1, SBARA, STRESS, PBAR, , 7, , 3
DRESP1, 2, SBARB, STRESS, PBAR, , 14, , 3
DRESP1, 3, S13, STRESS, PSHELL, , 9, , 1
DRESP1, 13, D1, DISP, , , 3, , 10302
DRESP1, 14, D2, DISP, , , 3, , 10203
$
$...Place bounds on the responses:
$
DCONSTR, 10, 1, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10, 2, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10, 3, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10, 6, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10, 9, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 10, 12, -25000.,25000.
DCONSTR, 20, 13, -0.1, 0.1
DCONSTR, 30, 14, -0.03, 0.03
$
$DCONADD,DCID, DC1, DC2, ...
DCONADD, 100, 10, 20 $ summed constraint set for subcase 1
DCONADD, 200, 10, 30 $ summed constraint set for subcase 2
$
$...Optional override of optimization control parameters:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 1, DESMAX, 20, DELP, 0.5, P1, 1, +
+, P2, 15
$ (DELP=0.5 allows larger moves, thus overcoming constraint
$ violations quicker)
$
ENDDATA
7
-
9
**************************************************************************************
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
7
-
1
0
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 5.784520E+00 1.311878E+00
1 1.122267E+01 1.122355E+01 -7.868297E-05 4.089278E-01
2 1.636887E+01 1.636941E+01 -3.285838E-05 -1.610547E-03
3 1.294620E+01 1.294636E+01 -1.259646E-05 -8.604820E-02
4 8.748927E+00 8.751337E+00 -2.753791E-04 1.988992E-02
5 7.379158E+00 7.379156E+00 3.230973E-07 9.885500E-02
6 7.954716E+00 7.954452E+00 3.315011E-05 4.145312E-04
7 7.954473E+00 7.954452E+00 2.637622E-06 4.145312E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
-
1
1
STATIC ANALYSIS OF A STIFFENED PLATE D200X7 JULY 26, 1994 MSC/NASTRAN 7/25/94 PAGE 92 DESIGN VARIABLE HISTORY
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | T-PLATE | 1.5000E-01 : 3.0000E-01 : 4.4321E-01 : 2.8106E-01 : 1.4038E-01 : 1.0879E-01 :
2 | 2 | T-WEB | 2.0000E-01 : 4.0000E-01 : 6.1265E-01 : 8.4962E-01 : 8.2809E-01 : 7.5169E-01 :
3 | 3 | A-BAR | 1.4400E-01 : 1.6592E-01 : 1.2682E-01 : 6.4814E-02 : 3.2407E-02 : 1.6165E-02 :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | T-PLATE | 1.1169E-01 : 1.1169E-01 :
2 | 2 | T-WEB | 8.3887E-01 : 8.3887E-01 :
3 | 3 | A-BAR | 1.6165E-02 : 1.6165E-02 :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-12
25-BAR TRUSS
This design problem calls for a minimum weight structure subject to
member stress, simple Euler buckling, and joint displacement
constraints, under static loading conditions.
Each structural element is a hollow tube with a thickness-to-diameter
ratio of 1:10. Diameters will be the design variables.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
X
Y
7-13
Analysis model description
Three-dimensional
Symmetric with respect to the x-z plane and the y-z plane
Material
E = 1.0E7 psi
Weight density = 0.1 lbs/in
3
Two static loading conditions
Minimization of structural weight
Design variables
Eight independent diameters, controlling all 25 elements.
Wall thickness-to-diameter ratio of 1:10
7-14
Constraints
Allowable stress tensile 40,000 psi, compressive 40,000
psi
Euler buckling constraint on all members
Displacement constraints t0.35 inches for translational
degrees of freedom at grids 1 and 2
Recall that Euler buckling is caused by compressive stresses. We
require that the stresses in each member be numerically greater than
the stress that will induce buckling, or
where F
s
is a factor of safety.
Rearranging,
For Euler buckling,
cr
F
s

F
s
cr
-------------- 1
cr
P
cr
A
--------- ; P
cr
2
EI
L
2
------------ = =
7-15
or,
With:
Our synthetic responses r
(2)
are:
cr
2
EI
AL
2
------------ =
A 2Rt =
10
------D
2
=
I R
3
t =
80
------D
4
=
r
2 ( )
cr
---------
8L
2
F
s
D ( )
2
E
--------------------- 1 = =
7-16
ID MSC, D200X3 $
TIME 10
CEND
TITLE = OPTIMAL SIZING OF A 25-BAR TRUSS - D200X3
SUBTITLE = EIGHT INDEPENDENT CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS,
SUBTITLE = PLUS EULER BUCKLING
ECHO = UNSORT
OLOAD = ALL
DISP = ALL
SPCFORCE = ALL
ELFORCE = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC = 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS $
SUBCASE 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
GRDSET, , , , , , , 456
MAT1, 1, 10.0E6, , , 0.1
SPC1, 100, 123, 7, THRU, 10
GRID, 1 , , -37.5, 0.0, 200.0
GRID, 2 , , 37.5, 0.0, 200.0
GRID, 3 , , -37.5, 37.5, 100.0
GRID, 4 , , 37.5, 37.5, 100.0
GRID, 5 , , 37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID, 6 , , -37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID, 7 , , -100.0, 100.0, 0.0
GRID, 8 , , 100.0, 100.0, 0.0
GRID, 9 , , 100.0, -100.0, 0.0
GRID, 10, , -100.0, -100.0, 0.0
CROD, 1 , 1, 1, 2
CROD, 2 , 2, 1, 4
CROD, 3 , 2, 2, 3
CROD, 4 , 2, 1, 5
CROD, 5 , 2, 2, 6
CROD, 6 , 3, 2, 4
7-17
CROD, 7 , 3, 2, 5
CROD, 8 , 3, 1, 3
CROD, 9 , 3, 1, 6
CROD, 10, 4, 3, 6
CROD, 11, 4, 4, 5
CROD, 12, 5, 3, 4
CROD, 13, 5, 5, 6
CROD, 14, 6, 3, 10
CROD, 15, 6, 6, 7
CROD, 16, 6, 4, 9
CROD, 17, 6, 5, 8
CROD, 18, 7, 4, 7
CROD, 19, 7, 3, 8
CROD, 20, 7, 5, 10
CROD, 21, 7, 6, 9
CROD, 22, 8, 6, 10
CROD, 23, 8, 3, 7
CROD, 24, 8, 4, 8
CROD, 25, 8, 5, 9
$
PROD, 1, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 2, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 3, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 4, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 5, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 6, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 7, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 8, 1, 2.0, 0.0
$
FORCE, 300, 1, , 1.0, 1000., 10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300, 2, , 1.0, 0., 10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300, 3, , 1.0, 500., 0., 0.
FORCE, 300, 6, , 1.0, 500., 0., 0.
FORCE, 310, 1, , 1.0, 0., 20000.,-5000.
FORCE, 310, 2, , 1.0, 0., -20000.,-5000.
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$ average (mean) diameters of tubes:
$
DESVAR, 1, D1, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 2, D2, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 3, D3, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 4, D4, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
7-18
DESVAR, 5, D5, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 6, D6, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 7, D7, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 8, D8, 2.5, 0.01, 100.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to the analysis model properties
$ with (average diameter)/thickness = 10., fixed for all sections:
$
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DTABLE, CID1, CID2, ...
$
DVPREL2,1, PROD, 1, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 1
DVPREL2,2, PROD, 2, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 2
DVPREL2,3, PROD, 3, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 3
DVPREL2,4, PROD, 4, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 4
DVPREL2,5, PROD, 5, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 5
DVPREL2,6, PROD, 6, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 6
DVPREL2,7, PROD, 7, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 7
DVPREL2,8, PROD, 8, 4, , , 100, , +
+ ,DESVAR, 8
$
$DEQATN EQUID F() = ...
$
DEQATN 100 AREA(DAVG) = (PI(1.)/10.)*DAVG**2
$
$...Identify the responses to be used in the design model
$+, ATT2, ...
$
DRESP1, 1 , S1, STRESS, PROD, , 2, , 1
DRESP1, 9 , D1, DISP , , , 123, , 1
DRESP1, 10, D2, DISP , , , 123, , 2
$
7-19
$...Formulate the second level responses (here, simple Euler buckling)
$
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DTABLE, LABEL1, LABEL2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DRESP1, NR1, NR2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DNODE, NID1, DIR1, NID2, DIR2, ..., , , +
$
$ buckling is the equation return value.
$
DEQATN 110 NUM (DAVG,FS,E,L,SIGMA) = 0.0;
NUM = 8.0*L**2*SIGMA;
DENOM = (PI(1.)*DAVG)**2*E;
BUCKLING = - FS*NUM/DENOM
$
DRESP2, 16, BUCK1, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 1, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L1, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 1
DRESP2, 17, BUCK2, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 2, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L2, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 2
DRESP2, 18, BUCK3, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L3, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 3
DRESP2, 19, BUCK4, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 4, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L4, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 4
DRESP2, 20, BUCK5, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 5, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L5, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 5
DRESP2, 21, BUCK6, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 6, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L6, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 6
DRESP2, 22, BUCK7, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 7, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L7, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 7
DRESP2, 23, BUCK8, 110, , , , , , +
+, DESVAR, 8, , , , , , , +
+, DTABLE, FS, E, L8, , , , , +
+, DRESP1, 8
$
$...Table constants
7-20
$DTABLE,LABEL1, VALUE1, LABEL2, VALUE2, LABEL3, VALUE3, LABEL4, VALUE4 +
$+, LABEL5, VALUE5, ...
$
DTABLE, L1, 75.00, L2, 130.50, L3, 106.80, L4, 75.00, +
+, L5, 75.00, L6, 181.14, L7, 181.14, L8, 133.46, +
+, E, 1.0E7, FS, 1.25
$
$...Define the design constraints
$CONSTR,DCID, RID, LALLOW, UALLOW
$
DCONSTR,10, 1 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 2 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 3 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 4 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 5 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 6 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 7 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 8 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 9 , -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 10, -0.35 ,0.35
$
DCONSTR,11, 16, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 17, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 18, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 19, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 20, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 21, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 22, , 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 23, , 1.0
$
$...Combine the two constraint sets
$ (equivalent to just putting all into the same set to begin with)
DCONADD,12, 10, 11
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 3, DESMAX, 15, p1, 1, p2, 15
$
ENDDATA
7
-
2
1
**************************************************************************************
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
7
-
2
2
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 6.493687E+02 2.031843E-00
1 8.805606E+02 8.805025E+02 6.599126E-05 1.628765E-01
2 8.741666E+02 8.741613E+02 6.074461E-06 -2.911091E-04
3 8.605269E+02 8.605145E+02 1.439852E-05 1.001358E-04
4 8.496406E+02 8.496353E+02 6.321647E-06 2.777576E-04
5 8.410117E+02 8.410120E+02 -2.902939E-07 3.701448E-04
6 8.340327E+02 8.340328E+02 -2.195423E-07 6.405115E-04
7 8.280418E+02 8.280425E+02 -8.108119E-07 7.916689E-04
8 8.236416E+02 8.236408E+02 9.633533E-07 6.154776E-04
9 8.201868E+02 8.201854E+02 1.711575E-06 7.835627E-04
10 8.175861E+02 8.175862E+02 -7.465287E-08 8.921623E-04
11 8.163202E+02 8.163205E+02 -3.738431E-07 7.225275E-04
12 8.155923E+02 8.155926E+02 -2.993414E-07 8.862019E-04
7
-
2
3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | D1 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.7227E+00 : 2.4340E+00 : 2.1757E+00 : 1.9447E+00 : 1.7382E+00 :
2 | 2 | D2 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.9058E+00 : 3.0266E+00 : 3.0244E+00 : 3.0220E+00 : 3.0196E+00 :
3 | 3 | D3 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.8047E+00 : 2.8786E+00 : 2.8798E+00 : 2.8813E+00 : 2.8831E+00 :
4 | 4 | D4 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.0226E+00 : 1.8091E+00 : 1.6181E+00 : 1.4472E+00 : 1.2945E+00 :
5 | 5 | D5 | 2.5000E+00 : 3.2012E+00 : 2.8632E+00 : 2.5610E+00 : 2.2906E+00 : 2.0488E+00 :
6 | 6 | D6 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.6980E+00 : 2.5463E+00 : 2.5437E+00 : 2.5409E+00 : 2.5379E+00 :
7 | 7 | D7 | 2.5000E+00 : 3.3196E+00 : 3.3112E+00 : 3.3106E+00 : 3.3104E+00 : 3.3101E+00 :
8 | 8 | D8 | 2.5000E+00 : 2.8360E+00 : 2.9661E+00 : 2.9710E+00 : 2.9759E+00 : 2.9816E+00 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | D1 | 1.5535E+00 : 1.3885E+00 : 1.2409E+00 : 1.1091E+00 : 9.9205E-01 : 8.8731E-01 :
2 | 2 | D2 | 3.0167E+00 : 3.0107E+00 : 3.0074E+00 : 3.0039E+00 : 2.9999E+00 : 2.9960E+00 :
3 | 3 | D3 | 2.8849E+00 : 2.8880E+00 : 2.8900E+00 : 2.8923E+00 : 2.8946E+00 : 2.8969E+00 :
4 | 4 | D4 | 1.1578E+00 : 1.0356E+00 : 9.2624E-01 : 8.2845E-01 : 7.4100E-01 : 6.6297E-01 :
5 | 5 | D5 | 1.8325E+00 : 1.6390E+00 : 1.4660E+00 : 1.3112E+00 : 1.1851E+00 : 1.1847E+00 :
6 | 6 | D6 | 2.5348E+00 : 2.5300E+00 : 2.5271E+00 : 2.5241E+00 : 2.5214E+00 : 2.5192E+00 :
7 | 7 | D7 | 3.3098E+00 : 3.3092E+00 : 3.3094E+00 : 3.3100E+00 : 3.3113E+00 : 3.3130E+00 :
8 | 8 | D8 | 2.9871E+00 : 2.9928E+00 : 2.9980E+00 : 3.0034E+00 : 3.0077E+00 : 3.0068E+00 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 12 : 13 : 14 : 15 : 16 : 17 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | D1 | 8.5227E-01 :
2 | 2 | D2 | 2.9947E+00 :
3 | 3 | D3 | 2.8977E+00 :
4 | 4 | D4 | 5.9298E-01 :
5 | 5 | D5 | 1.1853E+00 :
6 | 6 | D6 | 2.5172E+00 :
7 | 7 | D7 | 3.3137E+00 :
8 | 8 | D8 | 3.0071E+00 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7-24
7-25
7-26
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS
FORMULATION)
Purpose: To illustrate a reduced basis formulation for property
optimization using the DLINK entry.
Design Model Description
Design variables 1, 2, 3
These three parameters determine the longitudinal thickness
distribution of the plate
Initial design 1 = 2 = 3 = 1.0
Design objective
Weight minimization
Y
p1
p2
X
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7 t8
40"
10"
7-27
FORMULATION) (Cont.)
Design constraints
Tip displacement 2 inches
Major principal stresses at centroid 50,000 psi
von Mises stress at centroid 29,000 psi
Load case 1: Two 50,000 lb
f
loads at the plate tip
Load case 2: 60.44 psi uniform pressure acting on the upper surface
Design variable to plate thickness relation:
t
1
t
2
t
3
t
8
1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
2
1.0
0.875
0.75
0.125
3
1.0
0.7656
0.5625
0.0156
+ + =
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
7-28
ID MSC, D200X5 $
TIME 10
CEND
TITLE = CANTILEVERED PLATE - D200X5 D200X5
SUBTITLE = REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION
SPC = 100
OLOAD = ALL
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SUBCASE 1
ANALYSIS = STATICS
LOAD = 300
DESSUB = 10
SUBCASE 2
ANALYSIS = STATICS
LOAD = 310
DESSUB = 10
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
MAT1, 51, 1.0E+7, , 0.33, 0.1, , , , +M2
+M2, 50000., 50000., 29000.
SPC1, 100, 123456, 1, 11, 21
GRID, 1 , , 0., -5., 0.
GRID, 2 , , 5., -5., 0.
GRID, 3 , , 10., -5., 0.
GRID, 4 , , 15., -5., 0.
GRID, 5 , , 20., -5., 0.
GRID, 6 , , 25., -5., 0.
GRID, 7 , , 30., -5., 0.
GRID, 8 , , 35., -5., 0.
GRID, 9 , , 40., -5., 0.
GRID, 11, , 0., 0., 0.
GRID, 12, , 5., 0., 0.
GRID, 13, , 10., 0., 0.
GRID, 14, , 15., 0., 0.
GRID, 15, , 20., 0., 0.
GRID, 16, , 25., 0., 0.
GRID, 17, , 30., 0., 0.
GRID, 18, , 35., 0., 0.
GRID, 19, , 40., 0., 0.
7-29
GRID, 21, , 0., 5., 0.
GRID, 22, , 5., 5., 0.
GRID, 23, , 10., 5., 0.
GRID, 24, , 15., 5., 0.
GRID, 25, , 20., 5., 0.
GRID, 26, , 25., 5., 0.
GRID, 27, , 30., 5., 0.
GRID, 28, , 35., 5., 0.
GRID, 29, , 40., 5., 0.
$
CQUAD4, 1, 1, 1, 2, 12, 11
CQUAD4, 2, 2, 2, 3, 13, 12
CQUAD4, 3, 3, 3, 4, 14, 13
CQUAD4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 15, 14
CQUAD4, 5, 5, 5, 6, 16, 15
CQUAD4, 6, 6, 6, 7, 17, 16
CQUAD4, 7, 7, 7, 8, 18, 17
CQUAD4, 8, 8, 8, 9, 19, 18
CQUAD4, 11, 1, 11, 12, 22, 21
CQUAD4, 12, 2, 12, 13, 23, 22
CQUAD4, 13, 3, 13, 14, 24, 23
CQUAD4, 14, 4, 14, 15, 25, 24
CQUAD4, 15, 5, 15, 16, 26, 25
CQUAD4, 16, 6, 16, 17, 27, 26
CQUAD4, 17, 7, 17, 18, 28, 27
CQUAD4, 18, 8, 18, 19, 29, 28
PSHELL, 1, 51, 3.0, 51, , 51
PSHELL, 2, 51, 2.640625,51
PSHELL, 3, 51, 2.3125, 51
PSHELL, 4, 51, 2.015625,51
PSHELL, 5, 51, 1.75, 51
PSHELL, 6, 51, 1.515625,51
PSHELL, 7, 51, 1.3125, 51
PSHELL, 8, 51, 1.140625,51
$ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
FORCE, 300, 9, , 50000., 0.0, 0.0, -1.0
FORCE, 300, 29, , 50000., 0.0, 0.0, -1.0
PLOAD2, 310, -60.44, 1, THRU, 8
PLOAD2, 310, -60.44, 11, THRU, 18
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$ (This group will be the dependent design variables:)
7-30
DESVAR, 1, T1, 3.0, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 2, T2, 2.640625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 3, T3, 2.3125, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 4, T4, 2.015625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 5, T5, 1.75, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 6, T6, 1.515625,0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 7, T7, 1.3125, 0.001, 100.0
DESVAR, 8, T8, 1.140625,0.001, 100.0
$ (This group will be the independent design variables:)
DESVAR, 9, ALPHA1, 1.0, -1.+10, 1.+10
DESVAR, 10, ALPHA2, 1.0, -1.+10, 1.+10
DESVAR, 11, ALPHA3, 1.0, -1.+10, 1.+10
$
$...Explicit design variable linking
$
$DLINK, ID, DDVID, CO, CMULT, IDV1, C1, IDV2, C2, +
$+, IDV3, C3, ...
DLINK, 1 , 1, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 1.0, +DL1
+DL1 , 11, 1.0
DLINK, 2 , 2, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.8750, +DL2
+DL2 , 11, 0.765625
DLINK, 3 , 3, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.7500, +DL3
+DL3 , 11, 0.5625
DLINK, 4 , 4, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.6250, +DL4
+DL4 , 11, 0.390625
DLINK, 5 , 5, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.5000, +DL5
+DL5 , 11, 0.2500
DLINK, 6 , 6, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.3750, +DL6
+DL6 , 11, 0.140625
DLINK, 7 , 7, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.2500, +DL7
+DL7 , 11, 0.0625
DLINK, 8 , 8, , , 9, 1.0, 10, 0.1250, +DL8
+DL8 , 11, 0.015625
$
$...Express analysis model properties linearly in terms of design variables
DVPREL1,1, PSHELL, 1, 4, , , , , +DP1
+DP1, 1, 1.0
DVPREL1,2, PSHELL, 2, 4, , , , , +DP2
+DP2, 2, 1.0
DVPREL1,3, PSHELL, 3, 4, , , , , +DP3
+DP3, 3, 1.0
DVPREL1,4, PSHELL, 4, 4, , , , , +DP4
+DP4, 4, 1.0
DVPREL1,5, PSHELL, 5, 4, , , , , +DP5
+DP5, 5, 1.0
7-31
DVPREL1,6, PSHELL, 6, 4, , , , , +DP6
+DP6, 6, 1.0
DVPREL1,7, PSHELL, 7, 4, , , , , +DP7
+DP7, 7, 1.0
DVPREL1,8, PSHELL, 8, 4, , , , , +DP8
+DP8, 8, 1.0
$
$...Identify the design responses
$+, ATT2, ...
DRESP1, 33, D1 , DISP , , , 3, , 9
DRESP1, 34, D2 , DISP , , , 3, , 29
$
$...Define the response to be used as the objective function:
$
7-32
DCONSTR,10, 1, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 2, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 3, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 4, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 5, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 6, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 7, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 8, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 9, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 10, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 11, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 12, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 13, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 14, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 15, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 16, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 17, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 18, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 19, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 20, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 21, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 22, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 23, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 24, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 25, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 26, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 27, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 28, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 29, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 30, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 31, -50000.,50000.
DCONSTR,10, 32, -29000.,29000.
DCONSTR,10, 33, -2., 2.
DCONSTR,10, 34, -2., 2.
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults (optional)
DOPTPRM,DESMAX, 10, DELP, 0.5, DPMIN, .01, DELX, 2.0, +
+, DELB, 0.01, CONV2, 0.1
$
ENDDATA
7
-
3
3
CANTILEVER PLATE (REDUCED BASIS FORMULATION) (Cont.)
**************************************************************************************
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
7
-
3
4
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 7.843750E+01 1.072155E+01
1 1.170497E+02 1.170496E+02 6.518085E-07 4.135007E+00
2 1.616799E+02 1.616796E+02 1.604404E-06 1.589539E+00
3 2.065549E+02 2.065548E+02 2.954913E-07 5.076001E-01
4 2.363098E+02 2.363113E+02 -6.392500E-06 1.115919E-01
5 2.423183E+02 2.423193E+02 -4.093034E-06 3.467807E-02
6 2.447022E+02 2.447021E+02 4.988528E-07 1.603751E-02
7 2.461020E+02 2.461019E+02 1.240038E-07 7.689251E-04
8 2.461019E+02 2.461019E+02 0.000000E+00 7.689251E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7
-
3
5
SECTION 8
SPECIAL MODELING TOPICS II
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8-1
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRARY 8
May specify cross section dimensions (e.g., height and width for a
rectangular section) rather than properties (e.g., I, A, etc.)
Cross sectional properties are automatically calculated.
Two new Bulk Data entries: PBARL and PBEAML
8-2
BEAM CROSS-SECTION LIBRAY OPTIMIZATION
You may define these sections in MSC/PATRAN V6 by selecting
Beam type in the Element Properties form.
You may optimize section dimension without writing DVPREL2 and
DEQATN Bulk Data entries for the BAR element.
The PBARL entry can be referenced by a DVPREL1 entry
For BEAM element, you still have to write the DVPREL2 and
DEQATN entries to optimize section dimension.
8-3
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND PBARL
*************************************
* Input Data for Designing PBAR *
*************************************
$
PBAR 9 1 5.0 10.4167 0.4167
-0.5 2.5 0.5 2.5 0.5 -2.5 -0.5 -2.5
C
$ ID LABEL INIT MIN MAX
DESVAR 1 HEIGHT 5.0 0.01 10.
DESVAR 2 WIDTH 1.0 0.01 10.
$
$ Explict expression for cross-section area
$ ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX EQID
DVPREL2 1 PBAR 9 4 0.01 100
DESVAR 1 2
DEQATN 100 A(H,B)=H*B
$
$ Explict expression for first moment intertia
DVPREL2 2 PBAR 9 5 0.01 200
DESVAR 1 2
DEQATN 200 A(H,B)=B*H**3/12.
$
$ Explict expression for stress data recovery point D (0.5B, 0.5H)
$ ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX C0
DVPREL1 11 PBAR 9 14 0.01
1 0.5
DVPREL1 12 PBAR 9 15 0.01
2 0.5
C
D
F
E
1
H
B
1
2
---B,
1
2
---H
,
_
8-4
COMPARISON BETWEEN DESIGNING PBAR AND
PBARL (Cont.)
*************************************
* Input Data for Designing PBARL *
*************************************
$
PBARL, 9, 1, , BAR
1.0 5.0
$ ID LABEL INIT MIN MAX
DESVAR 1 HEIGHT 5.0 0.01 10.
DESVAR 2 WIDTH 1.0 0.01 10.
$
$ Dimension Height references to design variable 1
$ ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX C0
DVPREL1 11 BARL 9 13 0.01
1 1
$
$ Dimension Width references to design variable 2
DVPREL1 12 PBARL 9 12 0.01
1 2
8-5
DVPREL1 INCLUDED ON DRESP2
Defines equation responses that are used in the design, either as
constraints or as an objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DESVAR
DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 DVID4 DVID5 DVID6 DVID7
DVID8 -etc.-
DTABLE
LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 LABL4 LABL5 LABL6 LABL7
LABL8 -etc.-
DRESP1
NR1 NR2 NR3 NR4 NR5 NR6 NR7
NR8 -etc.-
DNODE
G1 C1 G2 C2 G3 C3
G4 C4 -etc.-
DVPREL1
DPIP1 DPIP2 DPIP3 DPIP4 DPIP5 DPIP6 DPIP7
DPIP8 DPIP9 -etc.-
NEW!
8-6
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING
The DLINK entry is the only way to implement design variable linking,
when DVPREL2s are involved.
Consider a uniformly tapering beam with rectangular cross sections.
Uniform taper over ten sections will be determined from constant,
linear, and quadratic basis vector superposition. The section height
will be the design variable.
$PBAR, PID, MID, A, I1, I2
PBAR, 101, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 102, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 103, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 104, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 105, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 106, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 107, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 108, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 109, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
PBAR, 110, 100, 5.E-5, 1.042-10,4.167-10
$
$...INDEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLE SET:
DESVAR, 1, X1, 1.0, -1.0, +1.0
DESVAR, 2, X2, 0.0, -1.0, +1.0
DESVAR, 3, X3, 0.0, -1.0, +1.0
$
$...DEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLE SET:
DESVAR, 11, H1, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 12, H2, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 13, H3, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
1
2
b
h
A b h 5.0E-5 m
2
= =
I
1
bh
3
12
---------- 1.042E-10 m
4
= =
I
2
hb
3
12
---------- 4.167E-10 m
4
= =
8-7
DESVAR, 14, H4, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 15, H5, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 16, H6, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 17, H7, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 18, H8, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 19, H9, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
DESVAR, 20, H10, .01, 1.E-4, 1.0
$
$...DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING, Hj = Hj(X1,X2,X3) ; j=11,20:
$+, IDV3, C3, ...
DLINK, 21, 11, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 1.0, +
+, 3, 1.0
DLINK, 22, 12, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.9, +
+, 3, 0.81
DLINK, 23, 13, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.8, +
+, 3, 0.64
DLINK, 24, 14, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.7, +
+, 3, 0.49
DLINK, 25, 15, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.6, +
+, 3, 0.36
DLINK, 26, 16, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.5, +
+, 3, 0.25
DLINK, 27, 17, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.4, +
+, 3, 0.16
DLINK, 28, 18, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.3, +
+, 3, 0.09
DLINK, 29, 19, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.2, +
+, 3, 0.04
DLINK, 30, 20, , .01, 1, 1.0, 2, 0.1, +
+, 3, 0.01
$
$...DESIGN EQUATION:
DEQATN 40 I2(H) = H*(0.005)**3/12.
$
$...TYPE-2 DESIGN VARIABLE TO PROPERTY RELATIONS:
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
DVPREL2,41, PBAR, 101, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 11
DVPREL2,42, PBAR, 102, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 12
DVPREL2,43, PBAR, 103, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 13
DVPREL2,44, PBAR, 104, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 14
DVPREL2,45, PBAR, 105, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 15
8-8
DVPREL2,46, PBAR, 106, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 16
DVPREL2,47, PBAR, 107, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 17
DVPREL2,48, PBAR, 108, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 18
DVPREL2,49, PBAR, 109, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 19
DVPREL2,50, PBAR, 110, 6, 1.0E-12,, 40, , +
+, DESVAR, 20
8-9
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING
Each constraint should be formulated so that it has sufficient
sensitivity with respect to the design variables
Do not use 0.0 for the lower or upper bound, if possible
Examples:
Synthetic Response
2
E
8L
2
---------- D
2
T
2
+ ( ) 0
8L
2
2
E D
2
T
2
+ ( )
------------------------------------
c
1.0 +
c
0.4ET
D
---------------- 0
D
0.4ET
----------------
c
1.0 +
Synthetic Response
8-10
CONSTRAINT EQUATION SCALING (Cont.)
Example: Synthetic Responses
Assume that the constraint was formulated as:
This zero upper bound is automatically replaced by a small number
to avoid division by zero. ( = GSCAL, and can be defined on the
DOPTPRM entry. Its Version 68 default is 0.001.)
Then
1

2
+
2
-------------------
max
1

2
+
2
-------------------
max
0
g
u
1

2
+
2
-------------------
max
,
_

------------------------------------------------------ 0 =
g
u
----------
1
2
------ =
g
CTMIN
CT
Active
1
2
------
1
8-11
Instead, assume constraint is written as:
Then
1

2
+
2
-------------------
max
g
u
1

2
+
2
-------------------
,
_
max
max
---------------------------------------------- 0 =
g
u
----------
1
max
----------------- =
g
CTMIN
CT
Active
1
2
max
---------------------
1
8-12
Response could also be written as:
producing the same results.
Note: Scaling of responses is essential in order to formulate a
well-conditioned optimization task. MSC/NASTRAN can do
some of the scaling for you, but not all of it. There is no
substitute for a well-posed problem!
1

2
+
2
max
------------------- 1
8-13
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES
BEAM elements differ from other element types in that properties
must be referenced according to their word positions in the element
property tables. This is necessary due to the generality of the BEAM
element and the fact that up to eight intermediate stations may be
defined for a single element.
In general, the cross section of a BEAM element may be either
constant, linear, or variable. The three possibilities are shown in the
following EPT configurations:
1. Constant section beam (only end A specified): Words 6-21 and
166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries.
End B
Words
166-181
End A
Words
6-21
8-14
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES (Cont.)
2. Tapered beam (end A and end B specified): Words 6-21, 22-37,
and 166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries.
*This station is internally generated but must be
accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Words 22-37
are identical to Words 166-181 (End B).
End B
Words
166-181
End A
Words
6-21
Intermediate
Words*
22-37
8-15
BEAM DESIGN GENERAL ISSUES (Cont.)
3. Variable section beam (end A, intermediate station C and end B
specified). (This case is typical of any number of intermediate
stations up to and including 8.) Words 6-21, 22-37, 38-53, and
166-181 must be accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Thus, every
intermediate station plus one internally generated intermediate
station must be accounted for on the set of DVPRELi entries.
*This station is internally generated but must be
accounted for on DVPRELi entries. Words 38-53
are identical to Words 166-181 (End B).
End B
Words
166-181
End A
Words
6-21
Intermediate
Words*
38-53
Station C
Words
22-37
8-16
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE
Consider the uniformly tapered rectangular beam section:
With initial design:
A
B
h
1
h
2
b
1
b
2
x { }
b
1
h
1
b
2
h
2

' ;

1.0
2.0
0.5
1.0

' ;

= =
8-17
BEAM DESIGN SIMPLE EXAMPLE (Cont.)
The input can be expressed as:
$>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
$ BEAM MODELING TEST, VERSION 68
$
$ TAPERED BEAM WITH RECTANGULAR SECTION, DESIGN SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS. SINCE
$ BOTH ENDS A AND B ARE SPECIFIED ON THE PBEAM ENTRY, DESIGN CHANGES MUST
$ BE SPECIFIED NOT ONLY FOR THE ENDS, BUT ALSO FOR THE FIRST INTERMEDIATE
$ STATION, WHICH CONTAINS A COPY OF END B DATA.
$
$
$ PLANE 2
$ |
$ ----*----
$ | |
$ H | | --- PLANE 1
$ | |
$ ----*----
$ B * = STRESS RECOVERY LOCATIONS
$
$
$>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>
$
TIME 10
SOL 200
CEND
$
$ CC FOR ANALYSIS:
DISP = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC = 100
LOAD = 300
$ CC FOR OPTIMIZATION:
ANALYSIS = STATICS
$
BEGIN BULK
$PARAM, OPTIM, NO
PARAM, OPTEXIT, 4
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAT1 110 10.0E6 0.33 0.1 +M1
+M1 50000. 50000. 29000.
GRDSET 4
GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
GRID 2 20. 0.0 0.0
CBEAM 1 100 1 2 0.0 1.0 0.0
$
$ PBEAM ENTRY INPUT WITH SLIGHT ERROR IN TERMS. THIS HELPS VALIDATE THE DE-
$ SIGN MODEL BECAUSE USER WARNING MESSAGE WILL BE ISSUED, CONFIRMING OVERRIDE.
8-18
$
PBEAM 100 110 2.01 .167 .667 +P11
+P11 0.0 1.01 0.0 -1.01 +P12
+P12 YES 1.0 0.51 .0104 .042 +P13
+P13 0.0 0.51 0.0 -0.51
$
SPC1 100 123456 1
FORCE 300 2 20000.0 0.0 0.0 -1.0
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$...END A DATA: (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
DESVAR, 1, B1, 1.0, 0.1, 10.0
DESVAR, 2, H1, 2.0, 0.2, 20.0
$
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
DVPREL2,1, PBEAM, 100, -8, , , 101, , +
+, DESVAR, 1, 2
DVPREL2,2, PBEAM, 100, -9, , , 102, , +
+, DESVAR, 1, 2
DVPREL2,3, PBEAM, 100, -10, , , 103, , +
+, DESVAR, 1, 2
DVPREL2,4, PBEAM, 100, -15, , , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 2
DVPREL2,5, PBEAM, 100, -17, , , 105, , +
+, DESVAR, 2
$
$...END B DATA: (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
DESVAR, 3, B2, 0.5, 0.05, 10.0
DESVAR, 4, H2, 1.0, 0.1, 20.0
$
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
DVPREL2,6, PBEAM, 100, -168, , , 101, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL2,7, PBEAM, 100, -169, , , 102, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL2,8, PBEAM, 100, -170, , , 103, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL2,9, PBEAM, 100, -175, , , 104, , +
+, DESVAR, 4
DVPREL2,10, PBEAM, 100, -177, , , 105, , +
+, DESVAR, 4
$
$...FIRST INTERMEDIATE STATION (COPY OF END B DATA): (A,I1,I2,C2,D2)
$
8-19
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
DVPREL2,11, PBEAM, 100, -24, , , 101, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL2,12, PBEAM, 100, -25, , , 102, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL2,13, PBEAM, 100, -26, , , 103, , +
+, DESVAR, 3, 4
DVPREL1,14, PBEAM, 100, -31, , , , +
+, 4, 0.5
DVPREL1,15, PBEAM, 100, -33, , , 105, , +
+, 4, -.05
$
DEQATN 101 AREA(B,H) = B*H
DEQATN 102 I1(B,H) = H*B**3/12.
DEQATN 103 I2(B,H) = B*H**3/12.
DEQATN 104 C2(H) = H/2.
DEQATN 105 D2(H) = -H/2.
$
$+, ATT2, ...
DRESP1, 7, D2, DISP, , , 3, , 2
$
DCONSTR, 10, 7, -3.0, 3.0
$
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
ENDDATA
8
-
2
0
As proof that the override took place, one can refer to the comparison table between analysis and
design models:
----- COMPARISON BETWEEN INPUT PROPERTY VALUES FROM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODELS -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD ANALYSIS DESIGN LOWER UPPER DIFFERENCE
TYPE ID ID VALUE VALUE BOUND BOUND FLAG
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBEAM 100 -177 -5.100000E-01 -5.000000E-01 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -175 5.100000E-01 5.000000E-01 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -170 4.200000E-02 4.166667E-02 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -33 -5.100000E-01 -5.000000E-01 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -31 5.100000E-01 5.000000E-01 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -17 -1.010000E+00 -1.000000E+00 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -15 1.010000E+00 1.000000E+00 -1.000000E+35 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBEAM 100 -8 2.010000E+00 2.000000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
1. IF FIELD ID IS LESS THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE WORD POSITION OF AN ENTRY IN EPT.
2. IF FIELD ID IS GREATER THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE FIELD POSITION ON A PROPERTY BULK DATA ENTRY.
3. THE DIFFERENCE FLAG IS USED TO CHARACTERIZE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODEL PROPERTIES:
IF THE FLAG IS NONE, THEN THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VALUES.
IF THE FLAG IS WARNING, THEN THE USER IS ADVISED THAT DIFFERENCES EXIST.
IF THE FLAG IS FATAL, THEN THE DIFFERENCES ARE GREATER THAN 1.00000E+35 AND THE RUN WILL BE TERMINATED.
SECTION 9
FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-11
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15
CONSTRAINT SCREENING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-28
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-30
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-31
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-33
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-35
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-37
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-38
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-47
DSAPRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-49
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-51
MOVE LIMITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-52
SECTION 9
FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL
OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-53
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-55
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-56
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-57
PARAM OPTEXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-58
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-59
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-63
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-65
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-67
9-1
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE DIFFICULTIES 9
Large numbers of design variables
Large numbers of constraints, i.e., i-th component of stress for j-th
element of k-th load case
ijk
(with both upper and lower bounds)
The structural responses which guide the design are implicit
functions of the design variables. Function evaluations are of
significant cost, and gradient information is necessary to
determine the search direction s.
Problem formulation places a unique set of demands on design
engineers:
Formulation of design objective
Appropriate specification of constraints
Analysis model integrity
9-2
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
THE DIFFICULTIES (Cont.)
A Brute Force coupling of an analysis program and an
optimization program suffers from:
Too many implies redundant design information.
Finite
Element
Analysis
Program
Numerical
Optimization
Program
Too many design variables
Too many design constraints
Too many detailed analyses
9-3
STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION THE SOLUTION
Approximation concepts are a formal implementation of methods
used by experienced design engineers.
Notes: 1. The challenge of the design engineer is to describe the
design problem as efciently as possible, e.g., with the
smallest set of design variables.
2. Constraint screening and formal approximations are per-
formed automatically by the code.
Experienced
Engineers
Approximation
Concepts
Design
Variables
Pick up the most
important variables
only 1 to 3 at one time.
Variable transformation
A
px1
= T
pxN
X
Nx1
p>>N
1
Constraints
Pick up the most
important constraints
only.
Temporary deletion of
nonactive constraints and
dynamic updates of
retained constraints.
2
Analysis
Results
Small number of
detailed structural
analyses and tests
Experience and
intuition
Explicit approximations of
a small number of the
retained constraints.
Taylor Series
Regression Analysis
9-4
THE SOLUTION (Cont.)
Program flow using approximation techniques
Perform detailed finite element analysis
Calculate all constraints. Delete those constraints that are not
potentially critical (a common sense approach)
Calculate the gradients of all retained constraints
Create a high-quality approximation of the responses with
respect to the design variables
Solve this approximate problem
Update the analysis variables
Perform a detailed analysis of the proposed design
Calculate all constraints
Check for convergence to an optimum
Repeat if necessary
9-5
Approximate Design Model
The Approximate Model now acts as the interface between the
analysis and the optimizer
Properties of the Approximate Model
It contains inexpensive and easily computed, yet high-quality,
explicit approximations of the objective function and all retained
constraints
It includes the results of constraint deletion
It is updated by a full finite element analysis every design cycle
Finite
Element
Analysis
Program
Numerical
Optimization
Program
Improved Designs
Approximate
Design
Model
9-6
Program Structure with Approximate Model
Initial
Design
Improved
Design
Structural
Response
Analysis
Sensitivity
Analysis
Finite Element
Analysis
Constraint
Screening
Approximate
Model
Optimizer
Many Times
The required number of
iterations of the external loop
must be small.
9-7
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING
Design variable linking is a choice that is up to the design engineer.
Selecting design variables wisely such that the design task is
efficiently stated
Coupling this with an expression of the practical aspects of design,
such as symmetry, manufacturability, etc.
Example - Structural Member Size Linking
Design variables: Cross-sectional areas
Objective: Weight minimization
Constraints: Axial stress
1
2
3
4
5
6
360" 360"
360"
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
100,000 lbs 100,000 lbs
9-8
Areas are grouped as (1,2,3,4), (5,6), (7,8,9,10) and each group is
controlled by one independent variable
In this example, all designs considered by the optimizer will
consist of three characteristic cross-sectional areas, x
1
, x
2
, and x
3
only.
where A
i
= cross-sectional area of the i-th member
x
j
= independent design variable
x
1
= x
2
= x
3
= 10.0 initially
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
A
7
A
8
A
9
A
10

' ;

1.0 0.0 0.0
1.0 0.0 0.0
1.0 0.0 0.0
1.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 1.0 0.0
0.0 1.0 0.0
0.0 1.0 1.0
0.0 0.0 1.0
0.0 0.0 1.0
0.0 0.0 1.0
x
1
x
2
x
3

' ;

=
9-9
Example Reduced Basis Approximations
Three designs are proposed:
Proposal 1:
Proposal 2:
Proposal 3:
1
2
3
4
5
6
360" 360"
360"
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
100,000 lbs 100,000 lbs
A
1
1
A
2
1
A
3
1
A
10
1
, , , ,
A
1
2
A
2
2
A
3
2
A
10
2
, , , ,
A
1
3
A
2
3
A
3
3
A
10
3
, , , ,
9-10
where A
i
= cross-sectional area of the i-th member
The reduced basis method used here will yield a design consisting of
ten unique cross-sectional areas. Contrast this to the previous
example where linking of the properties (member size linking) yielded
3 characteristic cross-sectional areas. Though neither approach is
generally capable of yielding the global optimum, the techniques
often provide a convenient way of expressing manufacturability, or
other process constraints.
A
1
A
2
A
3
A
4
A
5
A
6
A
7
A
8
A
9
A
10

' ;

A
1
1
A
1
2
A
1
3
A
2
1
A
2
2
A
2
3
A
3
1
A
3
2
A
3
3
A
4
1
A
4
2
A
4
3
A
5
1
A
5
2
A
5
3
A
6
1
A
6
2
A
6
4
A
7
1
A
7
2
A
7
3
A
8
1
A
8
2
A
8
4
A
9
1
A
9
2
A
9
5
A
10
1
A
10
2
A
10
6
x
1
x
2
x
3

' ;

=
9-11
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE REDESIGN
Example Design Variable Linking to Enforce Symmetry
Grid coordinates as design variables
Linking to maintain symmetry
Linking to keep the side as a straight line
Independent and dependent design variable sets are:
x
1
x
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
h
2
h
1
x
1
x
2
=
x
5
x
6
=
x
4
1
h
1
------ x
6
h
1
h
2
( ) x
2
h
2
+ [ ] =
x
3
x
4
=
x { }
I
x
2
x
6
[ ]
T
=
x { }
D
x
1
x
3
x
4
x
5
[ ]
T
=
9-12
DESIGN VARIABLE LINKING IN SHAPE
REDESIGN (Cont.)
Example - Design Variable Linking to Ensure Smooth Shapes
2-D and 3-D designs benefit from a parameterization of the
boundaries
In the figure below, independent motion at the grid points (non-
parameterized description) was allowed.
Optimizer will skew
elements to yield
numerical stiffness.
9-13
REDESIGN (Cont.)
Example Parameterization of Boundaries
R
Circular Arc Straight Line
Cubic Polynomial
1 Grid Point
1 Parameter (R)
2 Grid Points
3 Grid Points
1 Slope
9-14
REDESIGN (Cont.)
F ( ) x
1
F
1
( ) x
2
F
2
( ) x
3
F
3
( ) + + =
F
1
( )
F
2
( )
F
3
( )
F
1
( )
Basis Functions
.
.
.
9-15
GENERATION OF CONSTRAINTS IN MSC/NASTRAN
For some given response:
(DRESP1, 2)
specify upper and lower allowables:
r
jL
and r
jU
(DCONSTR)
Designers intent is only to allow:
MSC/NASTRAN constructs a pair of normalized constraints as
follows:
(automatic)
Constraint screening is applied to these normalized constraints
r
j
x ( )
r
jL
r
j
x ( ) r
jU

g
2j 1
x ( )
r
jL
r
j
x ( )
r
jL
------------------------- 0 =
g
2j
x ( )
r
j
x ( ) r
jU
r
jU
-------------------------- 0 =
9-16
CONSTRAINT SCREENING
Purpose:
The number of constraints for structural design problems could be
extremely large, but most of them do not directly influence the
design process. Since the design sensitivity analysis becomes
very expensive for large numbers of constraints, and the amount of
data transferred to approximate optimization is proportional to the
number of constraints in that phase, it is necessary to delete all the
unnecessary constraints before moving into the sensitivity
analysis.
Constraint deletion consists of two steps:
Step I - Deletion:
Based on constraint value. A constraint G(X) is deleted temporarily
if G(X) < TRS, where TRS is the truncation threshold value given by
a DSCREEN entry for each constraint type.
Gj(X)
x
0
1.0
List of Constraints
TRS
x x x x x x x x
j
9-17
CONSTRAINT SCREENING (Cont.)
Step II - Regionalization:
Based on response regionalization. Both DRESP1 and DRESP2
entries have a eld named REGION. All responses with the same
region ID and of the same type are recognized as belonging to the
same region. Even if there are many constraints above the
threshold values, only a small number (given by NSTR on the
DSCREEN entry) are retained per region and per subcase.
G(X)
x
0
1.0
TRS
x x x x x x x x
Region 1
1
Region2
0
Region 3
2
Retained
Responses
Assume NSTR = 2
DSCREEN
Design Constraint Screening Data
9-18
DSCREEN Design Constraint Screening Data
Defines screening data for constraint deletion.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
RTYPE Response type for which the screening criteria apply. See Table 1. (Character)
TRS Truncation threshold. (Real; Default = 0.5)
NSTR Maximum number of constraints to be retained per region per load case. See
Remark 3. (Integer > 0; Default = 20)
Remarks:
1. Displacement and displacement derivative constraints associated with one particular load
case are grouped by the specification of DRESP1 entries. From each group, a maximum
of NSTR constraints are retained per load case.
Table 1. Default Region Specifications for RTYPE.
(Continued)
DSCREEN RTYPE TRS NSTR
DSCREEN STRESS 0.7 2
Default Region
RTYPE Specification
FRVELO DRESP1
FRACCL DRESP1
FRSTRE Property ID
FRFORC Property ID
FRSPC DRESP1
TACCL DRESP1
TDISP DRESP1
TVELO DRESP1
TSTRE Property ID
TFORC Property ID
TSPC DRESP1
Default Region
RTYPE Specification
DISP DRESP1
STRESS Property ID
STRAIN Property ID
FORCE Property ID
EQUA DRESP2
CSTRESS Property ID
CSTRAIN Property ID
CFAILURE Property ID
FLUTTER DRESP1
FRDISP DRESP1
DSCREEN
9-19
2. Stress-strain constraints are grouped by the property; i.e., all elements belonging to the
set of PIDs specified under ATTi on a DRESPi entry are regarded as belonging to the
same region. In superelement sensitivity analysis, if the property (PID) is defined in more
than one superelement, then separate regions are defined. A particular stress constraint
specification may be applied to many elements in a region generating many stress con-
straints, but only up to NSTR constraints per load case will be retained.
3. If RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, EIGN, FREQ, LAMA, TRIM, or STABDER
then NSTR is not applicable.
4. If a certain type of constraint exists but no corresponding DSCREEN entry is specified, all
the screening criteria used for this type of constraint will be furnished by the default
values.
5. Constraints can be retained only if they are greater than TRS. See the Remarks under
the DCONSTR entry for a definition of constraint value.
6. Constraint screening is applied to each superelement.
9-20
CONSTRAINT SCREENING (Cont.)
Recommendations
Use the default values by not providing any DSCREEN entries. If
the constraints prove to be ill-conditioned, then modify screening
criteria according to constraint type
Symptoms of ill-conditioned constraints
Constraints that the optimizer has difficulty satisfying
Constraints that switch from the active and inactive sets from one
design cycle to the next
Constraints whose approximate values differ greatly (~20% or
more) from those obtained by a subsequent finite element analysis
9-21
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS
These form a key ingredient in the approximate model in that it is
necessary to obtain high-quality and explicit approximations of the
implicit structural responses computed by the finite element
analyses
High-quality Maintain reasonable accuracy in predicting
responses for large variations of the independent design variables
Reasonable Direct the design toward a practical optimum design
Large At least 10 to 20% changes in the design variables
9-22
FORMAL APPROXIMATIONS (Cont.)
Taylor series expansion
First-order, approximations, directly in terms of the design
variables:
f x x + ( ) f x ( ) f x ( )x f x ( )
x
2
2!
---------- + + + =
f x ( ) f x
o
( )
f
x
i
-------
,
_
x
o
x
i
x
i
o
( )
i 1 =
n
+
9-23
First order, approximations in terms of reciprocals of the design
variables:
The Y
i
are termed intermediate variables
now, let
then
and
Y
i
Y
i
x
i
( ) =
f x ( ) f x
o
( )
f
Y
i
--------
,
_
x
o
Y
i
x
i
( ) Y
i
x
i
o
( ) ( )
i 1 =
n
+
Y
i
1
x
i
---- =
Y
i
x
i
--------
1
x
i
2
------ =
f
R
x ( ) f x
o
( )
f
x
i
-------
,
_
x
o
x
i
o
( )
2
1
x
i
----
1
x
i
o
------
,

_
i 1 =
n
=
f = x
o
( )
f
x
i
-------
,
_
x
o
x
i
o
x
i
------ x
i
o
x
i
( )
i 1 =
n
9-24
Question: Why are reciprocal approximations useful?
Example: Consider the structural responses of a ROD element.
Stress = P/A
DISPL = PL/AE
Both are proportional to 1/A
is a first order, linear approximation to at A
A
P
A
9-25
If the design quantity is A, let Y = 1/A
For general cases this is only approximate (e.g., statically
indeterminate problems); however, this inverse relation indicates
the value of reciprocal approximations in structural optimization
1/A 1/A
9-26
Recall the general nonlinear basic optimization problem statement
Minimize F(x)
subject to:
Using Formal Approximations to recast the above leads to:
Minimize:
subject to:
j = 1,m
Move limits:
i = 1,n
where Y
i
= X
i
for direct approximation
Y
i
=
for reciprocal approximation
g
j
x ( ) 0
x
i
l
x
i
x
i
u

j = 1,m
i = 1,n
F
x ( ) F x
o
( )
F
Y
i
--------
,
_
x
o
Y
i
x
i
( ) Y
i
x
i
o
( ) ( )
i 1 =
n
+ =
g
j
x ( ) g
j
x
o
( )
g
j
Y
i
--------
,

_
x
o
Y
i
x
i
( ) Y
i
x
i
o
( )
i 1 =
n
+ =
x
i
l
x
i
x
i
u

1
X
i
-----
9-27
Question: How is the choice of direct versus reciprocal
approximations made?
Answer: For the mixed method (APRCOD = 2), the choice is
based entirely on response type.
Direct Variable Approximations
Weight
Volume
Internal force
Buckling load factor
Reciprocal Variable Approximations
Displacement
Stress
Strain
Eigenvalue/Natural Frequency
Composite failure criteria
Selecting the Formal Approximation Method:
The selection is made with APRCOD on the DOPTPRM Bulk Data
entry
9-28
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE FORM
The selection of variables with respect to which approximations
are formed is dependent upon the following
If analysis model properties are linearly related to the design vari-
ables, use independent design variables
If analysis model properties are expressed using the user-supplied
equations, use analysis model properties
APRCOD = 1: Direct linearization of responses
APRCOD = 2: Mixed method based on response types (default)
Reciprocal variables stress, strain, displacement, composite cri-
teria, eigenvalue
Direct variables weight, volume, internal force, buckling load
g
X ( ) g X
o
( )
g
x
i
-------
x x
o
=
x
i
x
io
( )
i 1 =
N
+ =
9-29
APRCOD SELECTION OF APPROXIMATE
FORM (Cont.)
APRCOD = 3: Convex linearization selection of either direct or
reciprocal approximations depending on which is more
conservative (that is, provides the largest constraint value
estimate)
Since both approximations are available, look at the sign of the
difference between the two:
if g
D
X ( ) g
R
X ( ) 0, use g
D
X ( )
if g
D
X ( ) g
R
X ( ) 0, use g
R
X ( ) <
g
X ( )
g X
o
( )
g
x
i
-------
i 1 =
N
x x
o
=
x
i
x
io
( ) if x
i
g
x
i
-------
x x
o
=
0 +
g X
o
( )
g
x
i
-------
i 1 =
N
x x
o
=
x
io
2 1
x
i
----
1
x
io
--------
,
_
if x
i
g
x
i
-------
x x
o
=
0 <

' ;

=
Thus:
9-30
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Formal Approximations are based on the assumption that gradient
information is available. Sensitivity Analysis yields this
information.
Static Displacement Sensitivity Analysis
KU = P
Differentiate with respect to a single design variable:
Solve for
The equation above is exact. (The right-hand side is often referred
to as a pseudo-load vector.)
This first-order displacement sensitivity information allows the ap-
proximations of all other static response gradients to be made:
where =
K
x
i
-------U K
U
x
i
------- +
P
x
i
------- =
U
x
i
-------
K
U
x
i
-------
P
x
i
-------
K
x
i
------- U =
dr
j
dx
i
--------
r
j
x
i
--------
r
j
X x
j
, U u + + ( ) r
j
X, U ( )
x
i
---------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
U
U
x
i
------- x
i
9-31
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The difficulty in practice arises from the fact that and in the
pseudo-load vector are not generally available analytically. Thus,
we must introduce approximations for these derivatives. The
result is a semianalytical approximation for the displacement
sensitivity components
Semianalytic Sensitivity Information
First forward finite differences:
the error is on the order of x with this approximation
Central differences:
the error is reduced to the order of . Central Differences are
the default for shape optimization and forward differences are the
default for property optimization. PARAM,CDIF,YES or NO can be
used to override the defaults.
P
x
i
-------
K
x
i
-------
K
e
x
i
----------
K
e
x
o
x
i
+ ( ) K
e
x
o
( )
x
i
------------------------------------------------------------
K
e
x
i
----------
K
e
x
o
x
i
+ ( ) K
e
x
o
x
i
( )
2x
i
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
x
2
9-32
SEMIANALYTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS (Cont.)
Eigenvalue sensitivity:
Eigenvalue problem statement
Differentiating with respect to a design variable x
i
:
Buckling sensitivity
Differentiating with respect to a design variable x
i
:
K
j
M [ ]
j
0 =

x
i
------
j
T K
x
i
-------
j
M
x
i
-------
j
j
T
M
j
--------------------------------------------- =
K
k

k
K
d
k
+ 0 =
x
i
---------

k
T K
x
i
-------
k
K
d
x
i
---------- +
,

_
k
T
K
d
k
( )
------------------------------------------------------ =
9-33
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE
In computing gradients, finite differences with respect to properties
are used in the DSA modules. For example:
Element stiffness matrix:
using first forward finite differences,
a similar expression can be written for central differences.
for DVPREL1,
k
e
x
i
---------
k
e
p
j
---------
p
j
x
i
-------- =
k
e
x
i
---------
k
e
p
j
o
DELB P
j
o
+ ( ) k
e
p
j
o
( )
DELB p
j
o
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p
j
x
i
--------
,

_
x
o

p
j
c
o
c
1
x
1
c
i
x
i
+ + + + =
p
j
x
i
-------- c
i
=
9-34
DELB FINITE DIFFERENCE STEP SIZE (Cont.)
for DVPREL2,
Displacement perturbation:
Stress gradient:
If the value of p
j
is too small, then we may not have sufficient
perturbation to compute finite differences. Thus, it is then
necessary to use DELBM.
If , then in the equations given
above will be replaced by DELBM = 1.0E5.
p
j
f x
1
x
2
x
n
, , , ( ) =
p
j
x
i
--------
p
j
x
1
x
2
x
i
, , , x
i
x
n
, , + ( ) p
j
x
1
x
2
x
i
x
i
, x
n
, , , ( )
2x
i
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
U
j
U
j
p
i
-------- DELB p
i
o
=

x
i
-------

p
j
--------
p
j
x
i
-------- =
u u p
j
o
, DELB p
j
o
+ + ( ) u p
j
o
, ( )
DELB p
j
o
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
p
j
x
i
--------
,

_
x
o

DELB p
j
o
DELBM DELB p
j
o
9-35
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION
In MSC/NASTRAN sensitivity analysis and are never formed
as G-size matrices
Instead, vectors and are formed as the sums of the
products of the element level matrices and displacement vectors
Multiplication involves only the DOFs associated with the m-th
element
K
x
i
-------
M
x
i
-------
K
x
i
------- U
M
x
i
------- U
K
x
i
------- U
k
m
e
x
i
----------- U
e
,

_
m 1 =
M
=
M
x
i
------- U
m
m
e
x
i
------------- U
e
,

_
m 1 =
M
=
9-36
SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IMPLEMENTATION (Cont.)
The most expensive calculations are:
Back and forward substitutions
It is important to reduce the number of right-hand-side
vectors. This is proportional to the number of load
cases the number of design variables.
Data recovery (response sensitivity)
Reduce the number of retained constraints
Reduce the number of design variables
9-37
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY
Motivation
Consider a modal frequency analysis with
Four subcases
Two hundred frequencies
100,000 DOF
Solution vectors require 1.28 gigabytes
Now do a sensitivity analysis with 100 design variables
Disk space requirement goes up by at least 100
An alternative algorithm is available if:
Only grid responses are active
Design model is in the residual
nresp < ndv (nsub nfreq)
9-38
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY
Standard frequency response equation
Grid response (r) is extracted from the global displacement vector (u)
Sensitivity of the response with respect to design variables is
In the direct method, is obtained from:
The adjoint method solves for a solution vector of the form:
Defining
2
M iB K + + [ ] u { } P { } =
r f u ( ) =
dr dx f u
T
u x =
u x
2
M iB K + + [ ] du dx { }
2
dM dx idB dx dK dx + + [ ] u { } =
M
2
iB K + + [ ]
T
{ } f u { } =
FAC [ ] M
2
iB K + + [ ] =
9-39
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY THEORY (Cont.)
Then
where the relationship
has been used.
dr dx { }
T
dM dx
2
idB dx dK dx + + [ ] u { } =
FAC [ ]
1
FAC [ ] I [ ] =
9-40
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY
WHAT IS SUPPORTED WHAT IS NOT SUPPORTED
Statics Static Aeroelasticity
Frequency Response Transient Response
Gravity Loads Statics Analysis with Inertia Relief or
Thermal Loads
Grid Responses
DISP FRDISP
FRVELO FRACCL
p-elements
Design Model in Residual Element Responses
STRESS STRAIN FORCE
CSTRESS CSTRAIN CFAILURE
FRSTRE FRFORC FRSPCF
Multiple BCs for Statics in V70.5 Design Model in Upstream
Superlements
9-41
ADJOINT SENSITIVITY (Cont.)
Example - Visual Sensor
Model
Design Task
Minimize sensor jitter
Constraints
u
si
2
i 1 =
nfreq
=
Weight 8.5
f
1
and f
2
100 Hz
9-42
Example - Visual Sensor:
Model Statistics
Number of grids: 2335
Number of elements: 2129
Number of subcases: 1
Number of excitation frequencies: 101
Number of design variables: 13
Number of responses: 91
Performance Results
Parameter V70 V69.1
CPU Time 1913.4 secs 4709.9
Scratch Space 90.5 MB 608.4 MB
SCR 300 Space 70.4 MB 356.6 MB
No. of Design Cycles 9 8
Final Objective 1.3862 1.559
9
-
4
3
9-44
9-45
Example - Static Car Body
Model Statistics
Performance Results
Parameter V70 V69.1
CPU Time 48.1 secs 410.2
Scratch Space 24.4 MB 554.0 MB
Scratch 300 Space 7.7 MB 259.1 MB
9-46
Example - Modal Frequency Car Body
Model Statistics
Number of frequencies: 1
Number of modes: 67
Performance Results
Parameter V70 V69.1
CPU Time 3504.2 secs 6787.7 secs
Scratch Space 541.0MB 5238. MB
SCR 300 Space 487.4MB 1953. MB
No. of Design Cycles 1 1
Final Objective 0.6379 0.6386
Final Maximum Constraint -0.4218 -.4151
9-47
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES
Used by the optimizer to construct approximations to structural
response quantities, or available as output for coupling with
external optimizers. (A design engineer might also act as an
external optimizer)
Definition of design sensitivity coefficient
Responses can be either first-level or direct (i.e., displacement,
stress, etc.), or second-level (synthetic), that is, defined via
DEQATN entries.
To output; use PARAM,OPTEXIT,t4 in Bulk Data or Case Control.
As of Version 68, OPTEXIT = 7 yields sensitivity coefficients for the
optimal design.
Recall that a number of analysis model properties may depend on
several design variables. To allow for this:
where p
k
= properties
ij
r
j
x
i
------- =
Response
Design Variable
r
j
x
i
---------
r
j
p
k
----------
k
p
k
x
i
---------- =
Sensitivity
Analysis
DVPREL1,
DVPREL2
9-48
DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRICES (Cont.)
Responses are listed in order in the DSCM2 Matrix. Design
variable order is printed in the design history summary at the end
of the .f06 file.
Matrix DSCM2 contains the sensitivity coefficients
where i, j = row, column
DSCM2 Matrix Structure
r
j
x
i
---------
r
1
r
j
r
1
r
j
Subcase 1 Subcase 1 Subcase 2 Subcase 2
x
1
x
2
.
.
.
x
n
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
. . .
r
1j
x
1
-----------
,

_
1
r
j
x
1
----------
,

_
1
r
j
x
n
----------
,

_
k
. . . . . . . . . . . .
DSAPRT
Design Sensitivity Output Parameters
9-49
DSAPRT Design Sensitivity Output Parameters
Specifies design sensitivity output parameters.
Format:
Examples:
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,START = FIRST,BY = 3,END = LAST) = 101
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = FIRST)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,END = 4) = ALL
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,END = SENS) = ALL
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT)
Describers Meaning
FORMATTED Output will be presented with headings and labels.
UNFORMATTED Output will be printed as a matrix print (see description of the MATPRN module
in the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary).
NOPRINT No output will be printed.
EXPORT Output will be exported to an external binary file specified by PARAM,IUNIT.
NOEXPORT Output will not be exported to an external binary file.
START = i Specifies the first design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST or
LAST; Default = 1 or FIRST)
BY = j Specifies the design cycle interval for output. (Integer 1, or > 0; Default = 0)
See Remark 2.
END = k Specifies the last design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST,
LAST, or SENS; Default = LAST)
ALL All design responses (defined in DRESP1 and DRESP2 entries) will be output.
n Set identification of a previously appearing SET command. Only sensitivities of
responses with identification numbers that appear on this SET command will be
output. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
DSAPRT (
FORMATTED
UNFORMATTED
NOPRINT
NOEXPORT
EXPORT
START = i [ ] BY = j [ ] END = k [ ]) , , , ,
ALL
n
NONE

' ;

=
DSAPRT
9-50
Remarks:
1. Only one DSAPRT may appear in the Case Control Section and should appear above all
SUBCASE commands.
2. Sensitivity data will be output at design cycles i, i + j, i + 2j, ..., k. Note that the BY = 0
default implies no sensitivity analysis at the intermediate design cycles.
3. END = SENS requests design sensitivity analysis, and no optimization will be performed.
4. Prior to Version 69, PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7 requested design sensitivity output and
may still be used in Version 69. However, if both DSAPRT and PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4,
or 7 are specified, then DSAPRT overrides PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7.
PARAM,OPTEXIT values and the equivalent DSAPRT commands are as follows:
OPTEXIT Equivalent DSAPRT Command
4 DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED, END = SENS)
4 DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT,END = SENS)
7 DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = LAST)
9
-
5
1
FORMATTED SENSITIVITY PRINT EXAMPLE
**********************************************************************
* *
* D E S I G N S E N S I T I V I T Y M A T R I X O U T P U T *
* *
* *
* R E S P O N S E S E N S I T I V I T Y C O E F F I C I E N T S *
* *
**********************************************************************
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRESP1 ID= 20 RESPONSE TYPE= WEIGHT SEID= 0
RESP VALUE DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4.8284e+00 1 A1 2.8286e+00 2 A2 1.0006e+00
SYMMETRIC THREE BAR TRUSS DESIGN OPTIMIZATION - D200X1 JANUARY 18, 1996 MSC/NASTRAN 1/17/96 PAGE 24
BASELINE - 2 CROSS SECTIONAL AREAS AS DESIGN VARIABLES
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRESP1 ID= 23 RESPONSE TYPE= STRESS ELEM ID= 1 COMP NO= 2 SEID= 0
SUBCASE RESP VALUE DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1.3530E+04 1 A1 -1.1895E+04 2 A2 -8.1543E+02
2 -9.0973E+03 1 A1 1.0742E+04 2 A2 -8.2031E+02
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRESP1 ID= 25 RESPONSE TYPE= STRESS ELEM ID= 3 COMP NO= 2 SEID= 0
SUBCASE RESP VALUE DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT DESIGN VARIABLE COEFFICIENT
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 -9.0973E+03 1 A1 1.0742E+04 2 A2 -8.2031E+02
2 1.3530E+04 1 A1 -1.1895E+04 2 A2 -8.1543E+02
9-52
MOVE LIMITS
Move limits are directly applied to the design variables as side
constraints
Limits are also imposed as upper and lower bounds on each
analysis property related to the design model. These bounds are
applied to the optimization of the current approximate model and
are treated as constraints by the optimizer, not side constraints.
Allowable move limits are problem dependent, and there is no
general a priori method of estimation
For sizing problems, use relatively large move limits (such as 0.5
1.0 initially), reducing them if convergence becomes a problem.
Smaller move limits are recommended for dynamics problems
since such responses are often highly nonlinear.
F(X)
true function
linear approximation
X
o
= current design
X
allowable
move limits
X
o
9-53
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL
PROPERTIES
The property move limit is initialized by the value (or default)
supplied in the DOPTPRM entry in the DELP and DPMIN fields
For property optimization, move limits are imposed on the analysis
model properties as well as the design variables
For the initial design x
o
, analysis model properties , j = 1, 2, , ...,
J are determined. DELP specifies the bounds within which p
j
may
be modified as:
where =
=
p
j
o
p
j
l
p
j x ( )
p
j
u

p
j
l
p
j
o
p
j
o
DELP
p
j
u
p
j
o
p
j
o
DELP +
p
j
l
p
j
u
0
p
j
o
9-54
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON ANALYSIS MODEL
PROPERTIES (Cont.)
In case is small, both of the upper and lower bounds may be
too small imposing unnecessarily small move limits. To make sure
this does not happen, DPMIN is specified to ensure that at least
some move limits are available as follows:
Note that PMIN and PMAX from the DVPREL1 and 2 entries have
been accounted for as well.
Because property limits are treated as constraints, it is possible
they may become violated during the design process if this helps
satisfy a more seriously violated constraint. In the extreme, a
physically meaningless design may result.
p
j
p
j
l
max min p
j
l
DELP ( ) p
j
o
DPMIN ( ) , [ ] PMIN ,

' ;

=
p
j
u
min max p
j
u
DELP ( ) p
j
o
DPMIN + ( ) , [ ] PMAX ,

' ;

=
p
j
l
p
j
u
p
jo
0 1
p
j
l
p
j
u
9-55
MOVE LIMITS IMPOSED ON DESIGN VARIABLES
Move limits are also imposed on the design variables
As with the case of DPMIN for properties, DXMIN provides
minimum move limits on design variables if these are near zero
However, and , provided on the DESVAR entry, are never
exceeded.
where DELTA = DELXV if specied on the DESVAR entry
or
DELX if specied on the DOPTPRM entry
or
1.0 by default
if DELXV is specied, it always has priority over DELX.
x
i
o
x
i
o
DELTA x
i
x
i
o
x
i
o
DELTA +
if x
i
o
DELTA DXMIN then <
x
i
o
DXMIN x
i
x
i
o
DXMIN +
x
i
l
x
i
u
9-56
AUTOMATIC UPDATES OF MOVE LIMITS
Under the following conditions, move limits DELP, DPMIN and
DELX, DXMIN are reduced to one-half of the current values
The current iteration cycle number is greater than or equal to three
There is at least one violated constraint, and the level of constraint
violation is increasing
Every time the move limits are changed, a message is printed and
the user is advised to include a revised DOPTPRM entry reflecting
the changes in the restart Bulk Data
9
-
5
7
MOVE LIMITS UPDATE
^^^ USER INFORMATION MESSAGE 9052 (FEA)
^^^ STATIC ANALYSIS COMPLETED. DESIGN CYCLE NUMBER= 4
********************************************************
* *
* USER WARNING MESSAGE *
* *
* IF YOU WANT TO CONTINUE THE DESIGN AFTER THIS JOB *
* IS COMPLETED, YOU MUST INCLUDE A REVISED DOPTPRM *
* BULK DATA ENTRY IN THE BULK DATA SECTION WITH THE *
* FOLLOWING ITEMS MODIFIED AS SHOWN: *
* *
* DELP = 1.0000E-01 *
* DPMIN = 5.0000E-03 *
* DELX = 5.0000E-01 *
* DXMIN = 2.5000E-02 *
* *
********************************************************
********************************************************
* *
* IF A DELXV IS SPECIFIED ON A DESVAR BULK DATA ENTRY, *
* UPDATED DELXV VALUES ARE PRESENT ON THE DESVAR *
* ENTRIES CONTAINED IN THE PUNCH FILE. *
* *
* (NOTE: THERE MAY BE MORE THAN ONE MESSAGE LIKE *
* THIS. THE LAST ONE IN THIS RUN SHOULD *
* BE LOCATED AND USED.) *
* *
********************************************************
CONVERGENCE NOT ACHIEVED YET (HARD CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RELATIVE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE : 2.8778E-02 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
OR ABSOLUTE CHANGE IN OBJECTIVE : 1.8917E-01 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-20
--- AND ---
MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT VALUE : 3.3610E-02 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-03
--- OR ---
MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE PROP. CHANGES : 0.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
AND MAXIMUM OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES : 4.0000E-01 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9-58
PARAM OPTEXIT
The OPTEXIT parameter provides a means of exiting a design task in
SOL 200.
OPTEXIT
Value Description
0 Do not exit. Proceed with optimization.
1 Exit after the initialization of the analysis and design model
but before finite element analysis begins.
2 Exit after finite element analysis and initial design response
and shape basis vector processing.
3 Exit after design constraint evaluation and screening.
4 Exit after design sensitivity analysis and print the matrix of
design sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2). This is equivalent to
the DSAPRT (UNFORM,END+SENS) Case Control
command.
4 Exit after design sensitivity analysis and write the data blocks
related to sensitivity coefficients (DSCM2 and DSCMCOL) to
an external file using the OUTPUT2 and OUTPUT4 modules.
This is equivalent to the DSAPRT (NOPRINT,EXPORT
END+SENS) Case Control command. See related
parameters ITAPE, IUNIT, and OMAXR.
5 Exit after the first approximate optimization of the design
model.
6 Exit after the first update of the analysis model based on the
first approximate optimization of the design model.
7 Compute and output design sensitivity coefficients at the end
of normal program termination: hard convergence, soft
convergence, or maximum design cycles. This is equivalent
to the DSAPRT (UNFORM,START+LAST) Case Control
command.
9-59
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200
Case Control Partitioning
Based on Analysis Type
MDCASE
EXITOPT
MSC/NASTRAN Input File
Processing for Primary
and All Auxiliary Models
AXMDRV, AXMPR1
Does a Design
Model Exist?
IFPL
PREDOM
PHASE0 Operations, Restart Checking for
Primary and Auxiliary Models (for Shape)
AXMDRV, AXMPR2
Generate Nonrepetitive Tables Used in
Design Sensitivity and Analysis.
Analysis Model Override by Design Model
DOPR1, DOPR2, DOPR4, DOM11
DESINIT,
SETSOLAP
PHASE0
Design Optimization Data Initialization
DMPR, SDSA, SDSB
Begin Design Cycle Loop
Database Cleanup From
Previous Design Cycle
YES
NO
Loop on Design Cycles
1
9-60
FLOW CHART FOR SOLUTION 200 (Cont.)
If a Design Model Exists and
PARAM, OPTIM, YES
If AMBS
or GMBS
Collect Analysis Results, Generate
Enforced Boundary Displacements
for Auxiliary Structure Analysis
AXMDRV, DSAJ
Partition Out Shape Basis Vector
Solutions, Generate Basis Vectors
EXIT
If AMBS
Static Analysis for All Auxiliary Models,
Loop over Auxiliary Models, Boundary
Conditions (FEAOPT = Analysis)
Finite Element Analysis and Data Recovery
for All Analysis Disciplines, Superelements,
and Subcases. Basis Vector Solution
(for Shape Optimization)
If AMBS
or GMBS
NO
YES
YES
NO
FEA
BNDSHP
YES
FEA
NO
YES
NO
AMBS Auxiliary Model
Boundary Shapes
GMBS Geometry Model
Boundary Shapes
PRESENS (First Design
Cycle Only)
Begin Design Sensitivity
and Optimization
Pre-Sensitivity Initialization Operations.
Shape Basis Vector Initialization
and Scaling Operations.
DOM11, DOPR2, DOPR3, DOPR4, DOPR5
L
o
o
p

o
n

D
e
s
i
g
n

C
y
c
l
e
s
9-61
*OPTEXIT=7 includes computation of sensitivities for the current design cycle (all operations up to DOM9).
Hard Convergence Check
DOM12
Design Constraint Evaluation and Screening
DSAD, DSAR, DSPRM, WEIGHT
EXITOPT
Maximum
Design Cycles
Completed?
DESCON
SDR2STAT
2
6
3
If Hard
Convergence
Data Recovery and
Exit (FEAOPT =
DATARECOVERY)
EXIT
NO
YES
NO
YES
EXITOPT
(and Design Cycle = 2
e.g., One Pass Through Loop)
EXITOPT
Generate Pseudo-load Vectors for
Sensitivity Analysis Across Analysis
Disciplines, Subcases, and Superelements
DSABO, DSAE, DSAM, DSAN,
DSAP, DSAR, DSVG1, DSVG2
FEA
DESAERDR
,PSLGDV,
SEDRDR
Generate Solutions for
Sensitivity Analysis
(FEAOPT = SENSITIVITY)
FEA,
EXITOPT
7
7
*
L
o
o
p

o
n

D
e
s
i
g
n

C
y
c
l
e
s
9-62
Optimization with Respect
to Approximate Models
DOM9
Output Updated Grid Entries
DOM11
Exit and Print Sensitivities
DSTAP2, DOM6, SDSC
4
If Soft
Convergence
Data Recovery and
Exit (FEAOPT =
DATARECOVERY)
NO
YES
FEA,
EXITOPT
Design Optimization Output
DOM10
Soft Convergence Check
DOM12
5
Compute Necessary Response
Sensitivities for All Retained Constraints
DSAF, DSAH, DSAL, DSAW, DSDVRG,
DSFLTF, DSFLUTE, DSPRM, DSVG1, DSVG4,
RESPSEN,
SEDRDR,
SDR2STAT
EXITOPT
Analysis Model Updates
(Auxiliary + Primary)
AXMPR2
UPDATE
End Design
Cycle Loop
7
L
o
o
p

o
n

D
e
s
i
g
n

C
y
c
l
e
s
9-63
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE LEVEL
IFP
PREDOM
FEA
DESCON
PSLGDV
DOM12
FEA
RESPSEN
DOM9
DOM10
DOM12
DOM11
1
2
Initialization
Constraint Evaluation and Screening
Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization
with Approximate Models
Print Output
Update Analysis Model
(Check If the Optimizer Made Progress)
(Convergence Check Based on the
Data of Two Consecutive Designs)
Hard Convergence
Soft Convergence
Finite Element Analysis
Note: Soft convergence does not terminate the iteration
process, unless the SOFTEXIT parameter is YES
(default is NO).
2
9-64
CONVERGENCE AT THE DESIGN CYCLE
LEVEL (Cont.)
Internal
Variable Criterion
Default
Limit
User
Parameter
CHGOBJ 0.001 CONV1
ACHOBJ 1.E-20 CONV2
CHGPRP 0.001 CONVPR
CHGDV 0.001 CONVDV
CONMAX 0.005 GMAX
OBJ
P ( )
OBJ
P 1 ( )
OBJ
P 1 ( )
-------------------------------------------------------
OBJ
P ( )
OBJ
P 1 ( )
1 i NPROP
P
i
P ( )
P
i
P 1 ( )
P
i
P 1 ( )
----------------------------------------
,

_

max
1 i NDV
x
i
P ( )
x
i
P 1 ( )
x
i
P 1 ( )
---------------------------------------
,

_

max
max
k
g
k
x ( ) { }
9-65
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA
Soft Convergence Decision Logic
Compares the results of the approximate optimization with the
previous finite element analysis
SOFTCV = TRUE SOFTCV = FALSE
YES
YES
YES
No
No
No
CONMAX GMAX
or
CHGDV CONVDV
CHGPRP CONVPR
CHGOBJ CONV1
or
ACHOBJ CONV2
9-66
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA (Cont.)
Hard Convergence Decision Logic
Compares results of finite element analysis at the completion of a
design loop with the previous analysis results.
CHGOBJ < CONV1
or
ACHOBJ < CONV2
Best Compromise,
Infeasible Design
Found
Continue with
Optimization
Convergence to a
Unique Design
Nonunique If
CHGPRP > CONVPR or
CHGDV > CONVDV
CONMAX < GMAX
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
CHGPRP<CONVPR
and
CHGDV<CONVDV
9-67
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN
OPTIMIZATION
The following parameters are unique to Design Sensitivity and
Optimization:
CDIF Controls the selection of finite difference scheme
used in sensitivity analysis.
YES Selects central differences (default
for shape optimization).
NO Selects forward differences (default
for property optimization only).
DESPCH Controls the frequency of updated DESVAR and
GRID Bulk Data entry output to the PUNCH file.
N < 0 No output.
N = 0 Final design cycle (default).
N > 0 Every N-th, as well as final design
cycles.
DSNOKD Indicates if the differential stiffness effect is to be
included in buckling sensitivity analysis.
1.0 Include differential stiffness.
0.0 Do not include differential stiffness
(default).
NASPRT Controls the frequency of MSC/NASTRAN output.
-1 No output.
0 Output on initial and final design
cycles (default).
N Output every N-th iteration and also
prior to exit.
9-68
SUMMARY OF PARAMETERS FOR DESIGN
OPTEXIT Instructs the program to exit at one of seven
predetermined exit points.
0 No user-defined exit (default).
N > 0 Exit at one of the locations 1
through 7 (1 N 7).
SOFTEXIT Determines whether to terminate design cycles if
soft convergence is indicated.
NO Do not stop if soft convergence is
indicated (default).
YES Terminate design cycles if soft
convergence is achieved.
UPDTBSH Controls the update of the boundary shapes in the
analytic boundary shapes method for shape
optimization.
NO Do not update the boundary shapes
(default).
YES Update the boundary shapes.
Note: Regardless of the value of
UPDTBSH, shape basis vectors are
still updated for every design cycle
(interpolation to the interior grids).
UPDTBSH only controls updates on
the boundary shapes.
SECTION 10
SHAPE OPTIMIZATION
BASIC EQUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-6
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
MANUAL GRID VARIATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8
DVGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-24
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-26
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-30
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31
BNDGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION METHODS. . . . . . . . . . 10-41
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND LIMITATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-43
BASIC EQUATION 10
MSC/NASTRAN uses shape basis vectors to describe shape changes:
A new shape is a linear combination of basis vectors.
The engineer determines HOW the structure can change [T]
The optimizer determines HOW MUCH the structure can change
{x}
where {G} =
{x} =
i = current design
i + 1 = updated design
Grid Point
Changes
Basis
Vectors
Design Variable
Changes
{G}
=
[T]

{x}
G { }
i 1 +
G { }
i
x { }
i 1 +
x { }
i
10-2
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES
Example 1 Plate Height as Shape Design Variable
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
h
h
h = 1.0
y
x
1 2 h
G { } G { } G { } x T { } = =
T { }
0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0.5 0. 0. 0.5 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.

' ;

T
=
GRID 1 GRID 3 GRID 5 GRID 5 GRID 4 GRID 6 GRID 2
10-3
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES (Cont.)
Example 2 Radius of Circular Plate
R
1 2
3
4
5
6
1
3
5
R = -1.0
G { } G { } G { } x T { } = =
T { }
1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 0.

' ;

T
=
GRID 1 GRID 2 GRID 3
10-4
BASIS VECTORS EXAMPLES (Cont.)
Example 3
Consider a plate with a hole in the middle with unequal edge traction
forces. A quarter model is pictured below:
0.15m
0.15m
T
y
= 1.0E4 N/m
T
x
= 2.0E4 N/m
Material:
aluminum, 7075T6 sheet
E = 7.2E10 N/m
2
= 0.33
= 2.8E3 kg/m
3
10-5
BASIS VECTORS AN EXAMPLE (Cont.)
We expect the optimal hole shape to be an ellipse, so a candidate set
of basis vectors might be:
MSC/NASTRAN will allow us to define design variables that represent
x and y axis intercepts as:
x
1
= a
x
2
= b
so that,
Basis Vector {T}
1
Basis Vector {T}
2
G { } T
1
{ } T
2
{ } [ ]
x
1
x
2

' ;

=
a
b
x-direction
variation
y-direction
variation
10-6
SHAPE BASIS VECTORS IN THE DESIGN MODEL
There are two primary tasks in design modeling for shape:
Defining the shape basis vectors
Defining the design variables and correlating these to the basis
vectors
Defining shape basis vectors
Each basis vector component describes the direction and
magnitude of an individual grid component change, for a given
design variable change
This is a large amount of data.
MSC/NASTRAN provides four methods of generating shape basis
vectors
Manual grid variation
Direct input of shapes
Geometric boundary shapes
Analytic boundary shapes
10-7
DESIGN MODELING INPUT FOR SHAPE
OPTIMIZATION
Case Control: Analysis =)
(Bulk Data: DESVAR)
Analysis Model:
(Bulk Data: DVPREL1, DVPREL2)
for Shape (Bulk Data: DVGRID,
DVBSHAP, DVSHAP, BNDGRID)
(Bulk Data: DRESP1, DRESP2)
Provide any necessary
parameter overrides
(Bulk Data: DOPTPRM, DSCREEN)
10-8
MANUAL GRID VARIATION
This method is recommended only for very simple cases, or in unique
situations.
A DVGRID entry is used to define motion for a single grid:
(Design Variable to GRID) Relationships
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
DVGRID DVID GRID CID COEFF N1 N2 N3
z
y
x
y
z
x
{G}
i
{G}
i
G { }
i
G
ix
G
iy
G
iz

' ;

COEFF
N1
N2
N3

' ;

x
DVID
= =
10-9
MANUAL GRID VARIATION (Cont.)
Each DVGRID entry defines a single basis vector component, as well
as identifying the related design variable.
Multiple references to the same grid-design variable result in vectorial
addition of the basis vector component.
DVGRID entry format:
DVGRID
Design Variable to Grid Point Relation
10-10
DVGRID Design Variable to Grid Point Relation
Defines the relationship between design variables and grid point locations.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID DESVAR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
GID Grid point (GRID) or geometric point (POINT) identification number. (Integer > 0)
CID Coordinate system identification number. (Integer 0; Default = 0)
COEFF Multiplier of the vector defined by Ni. (Real; Default = 0.0)
Ni Components of the vector measured in the coordinate system defined by CID.
(Real; at least one Ni 0.0.)
Remarks:
1. A CID of zero or blank (the default) references the basic coordinate system.
2. Multiple references to the same grid ID and design variable result in vectorial addition of
the participation vectors defined by CID, COEFF, and Ni. There is no restriction on the
number of DVGRID entries that may reference a given grid (GID) or design variable
(DVID).
3. The coordinate update equation is given as
where is the location of the i-th grid, .
The vector is determined from CID and Ni. Note that it is a change
in a design variable from its initial value , and not the absolute value of the design
variable itself, that represents a change in a grid point location, .
(Continued)
DVGRID DVID GID CID COEFF N1 N2 N3
DVGRID 3 108 5 0.2 0.5 0.3 1.0
g { }
i
g { }
i
0
COEFF
j
i
X
DVIDj
X
DVIDj
0
( ) N { }
j
=
g { }
i
g
x
g
y
g
z
[ ]
T
N { } N
x
N
y
N
z
[ ]
T
=
X
0
g { }
i
g { }
i
0
DVGRID
10-11
4. The DVGRID entry defines the participation coefficients (basis vectors) of each design
variable for each of the coordinates affected by the design process in the relationship
5. DVGRID entries that reference grid points on MPCs or RSSCON entries produce incorrect
sensitivities. Often the sensitivities are 0.0 which may result in a warning message indi-
cating zero gradients which may be followed by UFM 6499. Other rigid elements produce
correct results.
g { }
i
T { }
i j
X
j
j
=
10-12
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION
The following methods use auxiliary models as an aid to shape basis
vector generation
What is an auxiliary model?
It is a structure whose deformations may be used to generate basis
vectors.
Although the geometry is usually the same, boundary conditions,
loads, and possibly material types may differ.
10-13
AUXILIARY MODELS IN SHAPE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
Example: Elliptical hole variation in quarter plate
Loads applied to the hole boundary yield consistent deformations
that can be used as basis vectors:
G { } T [ ] x { } =
U { }
Vectors from static analysis
10-14
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES
(TPL problems D200CSX.DAT, D200CS.DAT)
The figure below is the initial design and von Mises stress resultants
for a two-dimensional, symmetric road support structure (culvert)
From the above stress distribution, we can observe that the culvert
interior profile is not optimal.
Pressure load on top surface
10-15
EXAMPLE DIRECT INPUT OF SHAPES (Cont.)
Shape Optimal Solution Approach:
Build an auxiliary model
Gather displacement solutions to use as basis vectors
Define a design task
Auxiliary Model Generation
We require that the outer culvert profile remain unchanged. Interior
shape variations can be achieved by loading each interior grid
individually (7 separate load conditions).
10-16
ID,AUX1,VT100 $FEB 10,1990
TIME 10
SOL 101
CEND
TITLE=Culvert Example Using External Auxiliary Model
SUBTITLE=The External Auxiliary Model
SPC=25
$
$ seven load cases
$
SUBCASE 1
LOAD=100
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 2
LOAD=101
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 3
LOAD=102
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 4
LOAD=103
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 5
LOAD=104
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 6
LOAD=105
DISP=ALL
SUBCASE 7
LOAD=106
DISP=ALL
BEGIN BULK
PARAM,POST,0
param,newseq,-1
$
$ The same GRID and CQUAD4 entries as the primary structure
$
GRID, 1,, 3.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 2,, 4.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 3,, 5.00000, 0.00000,.00
. . . . .
. . . . .
(see optimization input file)
. . . . .
. . . . .
GRID, 38,, 2.00000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 39,, 2.50000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 40,, 3.00000, 5.19600,.00
10-17
CQUAD4, 1,101, 1, 2, 6, 5
CQUAD4, 2,101, 2, 3, 7, 6
CQUAD4, 3,101, 3, 4, 8, 7
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
(see optimization input file)
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
CQUAD4, 25,101, 30, 31, 38, 37
CQUAD4, 26,101, 31, 32, 39, 38
CQUAD4, 27,101, 32, 33, 40, 39
PSHELL,101,102,.44
MAT1,102,2.+7,,.3
$
$ Additional CBAR elements maintain smoothness of the circular boundary
$
CBAR,31,1,13,14,,1.0
CBAR,32,1,14,15,,1.0
CBAR,33,1,15,16,,1.0
CBAR,34,1,16, 9,,1.0
CBAR,35,1, 9, 5,,1.0
CBAR,36,1,5 , 1,,1.0
PBAR 1 102 20.0 1.0 1.0
$
$ Seven load cases
$
FORCE,100,13,0,1.e5,0.,1.,0.
FORCE,101,14,0,1.e5,0.259,.9659
FORCE,102,15,0,1.e5,0.5,0.866,0.0
FORCE,103,16,0,1.e5,1.,1.,0.
FORCE,104,9,0,1.e5,0.866,0.5,0.0
FORCE,105,5,0,1.e5,0.9659,0.259
FORCE,106,1,0,1.e5,1.,0.,0.
$
$ Boundary conditions satisfy functional and manufacturing requirements
$
SPC1,25,345,1,THRU,40
SPC1,25,6,2,THRU,4
SPC1,25,6,6,THRU,8
SPC1,25,6,10,THRU,12
SPC1,25,6,17,THRU,19
SPC1,25,6,20,THRU,26
SPC1,25,6,27,THRU,33
SPC1,25,6,34,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,33,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,4,8,12,19,26
SPC1,25,1,13,20,27
SPC1,25,2,1,2,3
ENDDATA
10-18
Optimization input
Displacement vectors are dblocated and defined as basis vectors
using DVSHAP Bulk Data entries.
DVSHAP
Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
10-19
DVSHAP Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
Defines a shape basis vector by relating a design variable identification number (DVID) to columns
of a displacement matrix.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID Design variable identification number on the DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
COLi Column number of the displacement matrix. See Remark 2. (1 Integer
maximum column number in the displacement matrix.)
SFi Scaling factor applied to the COLi-th column of the displacement matrix. (Real;
Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1. DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2. COLi must be a valid column number in the displacement matrix.
3. Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in a linear combination of
displacement vectors. In the example above, the shape basis vector is a linear combina-
tion of the fourth column and twice the second column.
4. The displacement matrix must have been created by MSC/NASTRAN and be available on
a database, which is attached via the DBLOCATE FMS statement shown below:
ASSIGN DISPMAT= physical filename of MASTER DBset
DBLOCATE DATABLK=(UG/UGD,GEOM1/GEOM1D,GEOM2/GEOM2D) ,
LOGICAL=DISPMAT
DVSHAP DVID COL1 SF1 COL2 SF2 COL3 SF3
DVSHAP 2 1 2.0 4 1.0
10-20
$
$ FMS section for retrieving the auxiliary displacement matrix
$
assign f1_aux=culvert1.MASTER
dblocate datablk=(ug/ugd,geom1/geom1d,geom2/geom2d) ,
logical=f1_aux
SOL 200 $
TIME 100
CEND
TITLE=CULVERT EXAMPLE USING EXTERNAL AUXILIARY STRUCTURE
SUBTITLE=THE PRIMARY STRUCTURE
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SPC=25
LOAD=1
DISP=ALL
STRESS=all
DESSUB = 10
desobj = 5
BEGIN BULK
PARAM,POST,0
$ PARAM,optexit,4
PARAM,NEWSEQ,-1
GRID, 1,, 3.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 2,, 4.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 3,, 5.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 4,, 6.00000, 0.00000,.00
GRID, 5,, 2.89464, 0.78478,.00
GRID, 6,, 3.79369, 0.75885,.00
GRID, 7,, 4.69274, 0.73293,.00
GRID, 8,, 5.59178, 0.70700,.00
GRID, 9,, 2.60164, 1.49178,.00
GRID, 10,, 3.46229, 1.46585,.00
GRID, 11,, 4.32293, 1.43993,.00
GRID, 12,, 5.18357, 1.41400,.00
GRID, 13,, 0.00000, 3.00000,.00
GRID, 14,, 0.78478, 2.89464,.00
GRID, 15,, 1.49178, 2.60164,.00
GRID, 16,, 2.12100, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 17,, 3.00578, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 18,, 3.89057, 2.12100,.00
GRID, 19,, 4.77535, 2.12100,.00
10-21
GRID, 20,, 0.00000, 3.73200,.00
GRID, 21,, 0.68985, 3.66176,.00
GRID, 22,, 1.32785, 3.46643,.00
GRID, 23,, 1.91400, 3.14600,.00
GRID, 24,, 2.67052, 3.14600,.00
GRID, 25,, 3.42704, 3.14600,.00
GRID, 26,, 4.18357, 3.14600,.00
GRID, 27,, 0.00000, 4.46400,.00
GRID, 28,, 0.59493, 4.42888,.00
GRID, 29,, 1.16393, 4.33122,.00
GRID, 30,, 1.70700, 4.17100,.00
GRID, 31,, 2.33526, 4.17100,.00
GRID, 32,, 2.96352, 4.17100,.00
GRID, 33,, 3.59178, 4.17100,.00
GRID, 34,, 0.00000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 35,, 0.50000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 36,, 1.00000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 37,, 1.50000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 38,, 2.00000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 39,, 2.50000, 5.19600,.00
GRID, 40,, 3.00000, 5.19600,.00
CQUAD4, 1,101, 1, 2, 6, 5
CQUAD4, 2,101, 2, 3, 7, 6
CQUAD4, 3,101, 3, 4, 8, 7
CQUAD4, 4,101, 5, 6, 10, 9
CQUAD4, 5,101, 6, 7, 11, 10
CQUAD4, 6,101, 7, 8, 12, 11
CQUAD4, 7,101, 9, 10, 17, 16
CQUAD4, 8,101, 10, 11, 18, 17
CQUAD4, 9,101, 11, 12, 19, 18
CQUAD4, 10,101, 13, 14, 21, 20
CQUAD4, 11,101, 14, 15, 22, 21
CQUAD4, 12,101, 15, 16, 23, 22
CQUAD4, 13,101, 20, 21, 28, 27
CQUAD4, 14,101, 21, 22, 29, 28
CQUAD4, 15,101, 22, 23, 30, 29
CQUAD4, 16,101, 27, 28, 35, 34
CQUAD4, 17,101, 28, 29, 36, 35
CQUAD4, 18,101, 29, 30, 37, 36
CQUAD4, 19,101, 16, 17, 24, 23
CQUAD4, 20,101, 17, 18, 25, 24
CQUAD4, 21,101, 18, 19, 26, 25
CQUAD4, 22,101, 23, 24, 31, 30
CQUAD4, 23,101, 24, 25, 32, 31
CQUAD4, 24,101, 25, 26, 33, 32
CQUAD4, 25,101, 30, 31, 38, 37
CQUAD4, 26,101, 31, 32, 39, 38
CQUAD4, 27,101, 32, 33, 40, 39
FORCE 1 34 0 1250. -1.
FORCE 1 35 0 2500. -1.
10-22
FORCE 1 36 0 2500. -1.
FORCE 1 37 0 2500. -1.
FORCE 1 38 0 2500. -1.
FORCE 1 39 0 2500.00 -1.
FORCE 1 40 0 1250. -1.
PSHELL,101,102,.44
MAT1,102,2.+7,,.3,0.731-3
SPC1,25,3456,1,THRU,40
SPC1,25,12,1,THRU,4
SPC1,25,1,13,20,27,34
$
$ design model
$
desvar 1 b1 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 2 b1 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 3 b3 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 4 b4 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 5 b5 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 6 b6 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
desvar 7 b7 3. -1.e6 1.e6 .2
$
$ A DVSHAP entry defines a shape basis vector by associating one design
$ variable to a dblocated displacement vector.
$
dvshap 1 1 66.773
dvshap 2 2 117.35
dvshap 3 3 216.33
dvshap 4 4 443.55
dvshap 5 5 220.89
dvshap 6 6 115.69
dvshap 7 7 65.669
dresp1 5 volume volume
dresp1 2 von-mis stress pshell 9 101
DCONSTR 10 2 -3.100e43.100e4
doptprm DESMAX 25 APRCOD 1
param,nasprt,1
ENDDATA
These scaling factors are chosen to
normalize the basis vectors with the
resulting maximum component of each
basis vector being unit.
10-23
Results:
Final volume is reduced by more than 20%. Maximum stess is
increased by 16%.
10-24
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS
We have seen how auxiliary models can be used to generate shape
variations over the domain of the structure.
Auxiliary boundary models can likewise be used to generate shape
variations over the boundaries of structures. These can be used to
smooth out the applied shape-changing loads.
The geometric boundary shapes and analytic boundary shapes
methods both interpolate boundary variations to the structures
interior. The result is a set of shape basis vectors.
Auxiliary boundary model example:
Bar Elements
Primary Model Auxiliary Boundary Model
10-25
AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODELS
Auxiliary boundary model solutions yield the boundary shapes.
Constant
Linear
Quadratic
Cubic
M
P
10-26
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES
Consider the following solid cantilever model, with tip loading as
shown:
143
110
154
121
165
132
X
Y
Z
10-27
EXAMPLE ANALYTIC BOUNDARY SHAPES (Cont.)
Initial von Mises stress distribution:
Suppose we would like to change the shape of the structure to
minimize mass subject to constraints on von Mises stresses.
To change the shape, we will modify the upper and lower planes of
the cantilever.
X
Z
Y
10-28
The auxiliary boundary models will produce deformations over the
primary model boundaries. These deformations are then interpolated
to the interior. The resulting boundary + interior motion will yield a
shape basis vector.
From the auxiliary model analysis we have
Z
Y
X
T [ ] 1.0U
SUBCASE200
1.0U
SUBCASE300
[ ]
x
1
x
2

' ;

=
10-29
Text input for analytic boundary shapes
AUXCASE
AUXMODEL
BNDGRID
DVBSHAP
AUXCASE
Auxiliary Model Case Control Delimiter
10-30
AUXCASE Auxiliary Model Case Control Delimiter
Delimits Case Control Commands for an Auxiliary Model in SOL 200.
Format:
AUXCASE
Examples:
AUXCAS
AUXC
Remarks:
1. AUXCASE indicates the beginning of Case Control commands for an auxiliary model.
AUXCASE must follow the primary model Case Control commands.
2. All Case Control commands following this entry are applicable until the next AUXCASE or
BEGIN BULK command. Commands from preceding Case Control Sections are ignored.
3. Each auxiliary model Case Control must be delimited with the AUXCASE command.
4. The AUXMODEL command is used to associate the auxiliary model Case Control with a
particular auxiliary model.
AUXMODEL
Auxiliary Model Identification Number
10-31
AUXMODEL Auxiliary Model Identification Number
References an auxiliary model for generation of boundary shapes in shape optimization.
Format:
AUXMODEL = n
Examples:
AUXMODEL = 4
AUXM = 4
Describer Meaning
n Auxiliary model identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. AUXMODEL references a particular auxiliary model for analysis and may only be specified
in the auxiliary model Case Control Section.
2. See the BEGIN BULK command for the Bulk Data definition of an auxiliary model.
BNDGRID
Boundary Grid Points
10-32
BNDGRID Boundary Grid Points
Specifies a list of grid point identification numbers on design boundaries or surfaces for shape opti-
mization (SOL 200).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Alternate Format and Example:
Field Contents
C Component number (any unique combination of integers 1 through 6 with no
embedded blanks). See Remark 1.
GPi Shape boundary grid point identification number. (0 < Integer < 1000000; For
THRU option, GP1< GP2)
Remarks:
1. C specifies the components for the listed grid points for which boundary motion is
prescribed.
2. Multiple BNDGRID entries may be used to specify the shape boundary grid point identifi-
cation numbers.
3. Both fixed and free shape boundary grid point identification numbers are listed on this
entry.
4. The degrees of freedom specified on BNDGRID entries must be sufficient to statically con-
strain the model.
5. Degrees of freedom specified on this entry form members of the mutually exclusive s-set.
They may not be specified on other entries that define mutually exclusive sets. See the
MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix B for a list of these entries.
BNDGRID C GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7
GP8 -etc.-
BNDGRID 123 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
49
BNDGRID C GP1 "THRU" GP2
BNDGRID 123 41 THRU 49
DVBSHAP
Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
10-33
DVBSHAP Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
Associates a design variable identification number to a linear combination of boundary shape
vectors from a particular auxiliary model.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID Design variable identification number of a DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
AUXMOD Auxiliary model identification number. (Integer > 0)
COLi Load sequence identification number from AUXMODEL Case Control command.
(Integer > 0)
SFi Scaling factor for load sequence identification number. (Real; Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1. Design variable DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2. Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in the vector addition of the
referenced boundary shape vectors.
3. Multiple DVBSHAP entries may be specified.
DVBSHAP DVID AUXMOD COL1 SF1 COL2 SF2 COL3 SF3
DVBSHAP 4 1 1 1.6
10-34
Modeling input:
TIME 600 $
SOL 200 $
CEND
TITLE = CANTILEVERED BEAM - HEXA **** D200AM3 **** D200AM3
DESOBJ = 15
DESSUB = 100
SUBCASE 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS
SPC = 1
LOAD = 1
DISPLACEMENT = ALL
OUTPUT(PLOT)
SET 1 = ALL
VIEW 90.0,0.0,90.0
PLOT SET 1
$SET 2 = ALL
$VIEW 34.0, 24.0, 0.0
$PLOT SET 2
$PLOT STATIC DEFORMATION SET 2
AUXCASE
TITLE = AUXILIARY MODEL 1
AUXMODEL = 1
SUBCASE 200
SPC = 200
LOAD = 220
LABEL = UPPER
SUBCASE 300
SPC = 300
LOAD = 330
LABEL = LOWER
BEGIN BULK
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
PARAM AUTOSPC YES
PARAM POST 0
PARAM GRDPNT 0
PARAM MAXRATIO1.0E+8
$
CORD2S* 2 0 0.0 0.0+1A 2
*1A 2 0.0 0.0 0.0 1000.000+1B 2
*1B 2 1000.000 0.0 0.0 +1C 2
*1C 2
CORD2C* 1 0 0.0 0.0+1A 1
*1A 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 1000.000+1B 1
*1B 1 1000.000 0.0 0.0 +1C 1
*1C 1
10-35
GRID 1 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
GRID 165 0 10.000 2.000 4.000 0
$GRDSET 456
CHEXA 1 1 1 2 13 12 34 35+EA 1
+EA 1 46 45
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
CHEXA 80 1 120 121 132 131 153 154+EA 80
+EA 80 165 164
MAT1* 1 2.0680E+05 0.28999999166+MA 1
*MA 1 1.00000000 1.169999996E-05 +MB 1
*MB 1 1500000.00 1500000.00 68000.00 +MC 1
*MC 1
PSOLID 1 1 0 0 0 0
SPC 1 1 123456 0.0
SPC 1 12 123456 0.0
SPC 1 23 123456 0.0
SPC 1 34 123456 0.0
SPC 1 45 123456 0.0
SPC 1 56 123456 0.0
SPC 1 67 123456 0.0
SPC 1 78 123456 0.0
SPC 1 89 123456 0.0
SPC 1 100 123456 0.0
SPC 1 111 123456 0.0
SPC 1 122 123456 0.0
SPC 1 133 123456 0.0
SPC 1 144 123456 0.0
SPC 1 155 123456 0.0
SPC1 1 456 1 THRU 165
FORCE 1 143 0 0.5 0.0 0.0 -50.0
FORCE 1 154 0 1.0 0.0 0.0 -50.0
FORCE 1 165 0 0.5 0.0 0.0 -50.0
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL:
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
PARAM,DESPCH,1
PARAM,NASPRT,1
$
DESVAR 1 UPPER 1.0 .00 7.00 0.4
DESVAR 2 LOWER 1.0 .00 7.00 0.4
$
$DVBSHAP,DVID, AUXMID, COL1, SF1, COL2, SF2, ...
DVBSHAP 1 1 1 1.0
DVBSHAP 2 1 2 1.0
10-36
$
$+, IDV3, C3, ...
DLINK 1 2 1.0 1 1.0
$
$ BOUNDARY CONDITIONS FOR SHAPE INTERPOLATIONS:
$
$ ---TOP SURFACE:
$
BNDGRID,C, GP1, GP2, GP3, GP4, GP5, GP6, GP7, +
$+, GP8, ...
BNDGRID 123 133 134 135 136 137 138 139
140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147
148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155
156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163
164 165
$
$ ---BOTTOM SURFACE:
BNDGRID 123 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
32 33
$
$ ---EXTERIOR SURFACES - INTERPOLATION IN X&Z DIRECTION ONLY:
BNDGRID 2 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44
BNDGRID 2 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
63 64 65 66
BNDGRID 2 67 68 69 70 71 72 73
74 75 76 77
BNDGRID 2 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
96 97 98 99
BNDGRID 2 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
107 108 109 110
BNDGRID 2 122 123 124 125 126 127 128
129 130 131 132
$
$ ---TIP END:
BNDGRID 1 11 22 33 44 55 66
BNDGRID 1 77 88 99 110 121 132
BNDGRID 1 143 154 165
$
$ ---FIXED END:
BNDGRID 123 1 12 23 34 56 67 89
100 122 133 144 155
BNDGRID 1 45 78 111
$
$ FORMULATE WEIGHT-BASED SYNTHETIC RESPONSE: F = 1.E5*W
DRESP1 1 WEIGHT WEIGHT
DRESP2 15 WE1000 1
+ DRESP1 1
DEQATN 1 F(A)=100000.*A
10-37
$
$ CONSTRAINTS ON VON MISES STRESSES:
DRESP1 2 STRESS STRESS PSOLID 13 1
DSCREEN STRESS -1.0 10
DCONSTR 100 2 200.
$
$ OVERRIDE OF OPTIMIZATION PARAMETERS
DOPTPRM DESMAX 9 P1 1 P2 15
$
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ AUXILIARY BOUNDARY MODEL(S):
$------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
BEGIN BULK AUXMODEL=1
PARAM,PRGPST,NO
PARAM MAXRATIO1.0E+8
PARAM,AUTOSPC,YES
$
$ LOWER SURFACE:
CQUAD4 1000 2 1 2 13 12 0.0
CQUAD4 1001 2 2 3 14 13 0.0
CQUAD4 1002 2 3 4 15 14 0.0
CQUAD4 1003 2 4 5 16 15 0.0
CQUAD4 1004 2 5 6 17 16 0.0
CQUAD4 1005 2 6 7 18 17 0.0
CQUAD4 1006 2 7 8 19 18 0.0
CQUAD4 1007 2 8 9 20 19 0.0
CQUAD4 1008 2 9 10 21 20 0.0
CQUAD4 1009 2 10 11 22 21 0.0
CQUAD4 1010 2 12 13 24 23 0.0
CQUAD4 1011 2 13 14 25 24 0.0
CQUAD4 1012 2 14 15 26 25 0.0
CQUAD4 1013 2 15 16 27 26 0.0
CQUAD4 1014 2 16 17 28 27 0.0
CQUAD4 1015 2 17 18 29 28 0.0
CQUAD4 1016 2 18 19 30 29 0.0
CQUAD4 1017 2 19 20 31 30 0.0
CQUAD4 1018 2 20 21 32 31 0.0
CQUAD4 1019 2 21 22 33 32 0.0
$
$ UPPER SURFACE:
CQUAD4 950 2 133 144 145 134 0.0
CQUAD4 951 2 134 145 146 135 0.0
CQUAD4 952 2 135 146 147 136 0.0
CQUAD4 953 2 136 147 148 137 0.0
CQUAD4 954 2 137 148 149 138 0.0
CQUAD4 955 2 138 149 150 139 0.0
CQUAD4 956 2 139 150 151 140 0.0
CQUAD4 957 2 140 151 152 141 0.0
CQUAD4 958 2 141 152 153 142 0.0
CQUAD4 959 2 142 153 154 143 0.0
CQUAD4 960 2 144 155 156 145 0.0
CQUAD4 961 2 145 156 157 146 0.0
CQUAD4 962 2 146 157 158 147 0.0
10-38
CQUAD4 963 2 147 158 159 148 0.0
CQUAD4 964 2 148 159 160 149 0.0
CQUAD4 965 2 149 160 161 150 0.0
CQUAD4 966 2 150 161 162 151 0.0
CQUAD4 967 2 151 162 163 152 0.0
CQUAD4 968 2 152 163 164 153 0.0
CQUAD4 969 2 153 164 165 154 0.0
$
MAT1 11 2.1E+5 0.8E+5 0.3 0.00
PSHELL 2 11 0.20 11 0.0
SPC1 200 123456 1 12 23
SPC1 200 12 11 22 33
SPC1 200 123456 34 THRU 165
SPCD 220 11 3 1.0 22 3 1.0
SPCD 220 33 3 1.0
SPC1 200 3 11 22 33
$
SPC1 300 123456 133 144 155
SPC1 300 12 143 154 165
SPC1 300 123456 1 THRU 132
SPCD 330 143 3 -1.0 154 3 -1.0
SPCD 330 165 3 -1.0
SPC1 300 3 143 154 165
ENDDATA
1
0
-
3
9
Optimization results:
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 8.000000E+06 -3.827773E-01
1 7.401214E+06 7.401214E+06 0.000000E+00 -3.720914E-01
2 6.562918E+06 6.562912E+06 9.142283E-07 -3.570341E-01
3 5.389287E+06 5.389288E+06 -2.783299E-07 -4.672768E-02
4 5.350312E+06 5.350312E+06 0.000000E+00 8.081818E-04
5 5.350312E+06 5.350312E+06 0.000000E+00 8.081055E-04
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AUXILIARY MODEL 1 MARCH 16, 1994 MSC/NASTRAN 3/15/94 PAGE 226
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | UPPER | 1.0000E+00 : 1.4000E+00 : 1.9600E+00 : 2.7440E+00 : 2.7700E+00 : 2.7700E+00 :
2 | 2 | LOWER | 1.0000E+00 : 1.4000E+00 : 1.9600E+00 : 2.7440E+00 : 2.7700E+00 : 2.7700E+00 :
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10-40
Final Shape:
Final von Mises stress distribution:
Z
Y
X
Z
Y
X
10-41
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR
GENERATION METHODS
Manual grid variation
Based entirely on DVGRID entries
General, yet tedious and prone to input error
Based on external auxiliary models
DBLOCATE {U}s, use to form [T]
Entries: DBLOCATE, DVSHAP
DVGRIDs specified over boundaries
Code interpolates interior grid motion [T]
Efficient coupling with geometric modelers
Entries: DVGRID, BNDGRID
10-42
SUMMARY OF SHAPE BASIS VECTOR GENERATION
METHODS (Cont.)
Auxiliary boundary model solutions
Code interpolates interior grid motion [T]
Interface completely within the MSC/NASTRAN text input
environment
Entries: AUXCASE, AUXMODEL, BNDGRID, DVBSHAP
10-43
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND
LIMITATIONS
Always preview shape basis vectors before starting an
optimization job to identify possible modeling errors and to check
whether the shape basis vectors satisfy design requirements.
It is recommended to normalize a shape basis vector by its
maximum component. With a normalized basis vector, a user may
directly relate a physical parameter (e.g., radius, width) to a shape
design variable. Therefore, the actual lower and upper bounds can
be specified on DESVAR entries.
Use smaller move limits for a shape design variable (delxv = 0.5 or
less)
The new or updated finite element meshes can be shown using
Version 7.0 (or higher) of MSC/PATRAN. If other preprocessing
software is used, the updated GRID entries in the *.pch file may be
used.
When an auxiliary model is used, rigid elements are useful to
generate certain basis vectors which change a features location
but maintain the features shape. In addition, temperature or
gravity loading may be useful to create special shape changes.
Mode shapes generated from a normal modes analysis may be
used for basis vectors (Direct Input of Shapes only).
10-44
GUIDELINES, RECOMMENDATIONS AND
LIMITATIONS (Cont.)
The BNDGRID entries list grids whose displacements will be
specified, rather than interpolated. By default, these specified
displacements will be zero, unless a nonzero value is supplied via
either a DVGRID entry or an auxiliary boundary solution.
As a limitation, a shape optimization task always starts with the
mesh given by GRID Bulk Data entries regardless of the initial
values on DESVAR and DVGRID entries.
SECTION 11
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-1
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
BASIC EQUATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-3
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-6
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-18
11-1
DYNAMIC RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION 11
Available analysis disciplines in Solution 200
Direct Frequency
Modal Frequency
Modal Transient
Acoustic (Fluid-Structure Interaction)
Available response types: (see also the DRESP1 entry)
Displacement
Velocity
Acceleration
SPC Force
Stress
Element force
Equations (DRESP2+DEQATN)
Weight
Volume
11-2
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Design responses are computed just for the output frequencies and
output time steps:
For frequency response:
OFREQ
For transient response:
The design model can include:
Property changes
Shape changes
Superelements
In short, all of the design modeling tools available for other analysis
disciplines are available for dynamic optimization as well.
TSTEP
NOi
OTIME
t after OTIME reduction
t after NOi reduction
t for all analysis steps
11-3
BASIC EQUATIONS
Direct frequency response
Equation of motion
Displacement sensitivities, let
Modal frequency response
Modal transformation,
Differentiate
and apply
which avoids calculation of eigenvector sensitivities
2
M iB K + + [ ]u F =

x
i
------- =
2
M iB K + + [ ]u F
2
M iB K + + [ ]u =
u =
x
i
-------
u + = = [ ]
11-4
BASIC EQUATIONS (Cont.)
Modal transient response
Equation of motion
with modal transformation differentiating, and using
Limitations in Dynamic Response Sensitivity
F assumed zero in direct and modal frequency and modal
transient
This assumption is usually good, except for those situations in
which the following may be significant:
Gravity (or other mass-related) loads
T
M i
T
B
T
K + + [ ]
T
F
T
2
M iB K + + [ ]U =
Mu
Bu
Ku + + F =
u =
T
M [ ]
T
B [ ]
T
K [ ] + +
T
F
T
Mu
Bu
Ku + + ( ) =
11-5
BASIC EQUATIONS (Cont.)
Follower forces (shape sensitivity)
Thermal loading
Complete stiffness contribution can be written as:
Limitations:
g, g
e
, and K
2
must be constant (no dependence on design vari-
ables).
Similarly, M
2
and B
2
are constant.
Accurate sensitivities for the modal solutions typically require
retaining more modes (e.g., twice as many) as are required for
accurate modal analysis
where K
1
= structural stiffness
g = uniform structural damping coefficient PARAM,G
g
e
= structural damping coefficient on MAT entry
K
2
= direct matrix input at grids (DMIG)
K K
1
igK
1
i g
e
k
e
e
K
2
+ + + =
11-6
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE
OPTIMIZATION
This example illustrates minimization of an rms displacement over a
given frequency range. (The example is also presented in the
MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide,
Section 7.7)
A simple pressure loaded flat plate is shown in the figure below. The
pressure loading is a constant 1.0 lbf/in**2 applied over a frequency
range of 20.0 to 200.0 Hz. We would like to minimize the transverse
mean square displacement of the free edge midside grid over the
same frequency range.
Y
X
Grid 1110
(Uniform Pressure)
11-7
Plate thicknesses are the design quantities, as shown in the following
figure:
Ten independent design variables are used to describe the ten
bands of plate thicknesses.
The mean square displacement minimization will be subject to a
weight budget (minimize the displacement without appreciably
changing the weight):
7.99 vol 8.01
A mean square displacement can be written as:
Symmetric
Boundary Conditions
Grid 1110
y
x
Free
Edge
t
1
= x
1
min u
z 1110 ,
i
( )
2
i 20 =
100
2 u
z 1110 ,
2i
( )
2
i 51 =
200
+ =
11-8
Input file:
$ Unit Test Data Deck
$ d200t4af: SOL200, V68
$
$ID MSC, D200t4af
ID MSC, D200RML3 $ V68.2
TIME 200
$TIME 100
SOL 200
CEND
TITLE = Synthesis of Responses across Different Frequencies: D200RML3
SET 10 = 1110
DISPL(PHASE,SORT1) = 10 $ MAGNITUDE/PHASE REPRESENTATION FOR RESPONSE
$ ANALYSIS AS WELL AS SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
desglb = 10
subcase 1
SPC = 100
LOADSET = 720
DLOAD = 700
FREQ = 740
METHOD = 500
ANALYSIS = MFREQ
sdamping = 2000
DESOBJ = 1
output
disp(plot,phase) = 10
output(xyout)
cscale 2.0
ymax=4.0
plotter = nastran
ytitle = displacement at grid 1110
xyplot disp / 1110(t3)
$
BEGIN BULK
PARAM, WTMASS, .002588
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$...GRID AND SPC DATA:
$
GRDSET, , , , , , , 6
GRID, 100, , 0., 0., 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 200, , 0., 1.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 300, , 0., 2.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
11-9
GRID, 400, , 0., 3.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 500, , 0., 4.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 600, , 0., 5.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 700, , 0., 6.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 800, , 0., 7.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 900, , 0., 8.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 1000, , 0., 9.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
GRID, 1100, , 0., 10.0, 0.
=, *(1), , *(1.), =, =
=9
$
SPC1, 100, 123456 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, +
+, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 200, 300, 400, +
+, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000, 1100
SPC1, 100, 246, 1101, 1102, 1103, 1104, 1105, 1106, +
+, 1107, 1108, 1109
SPC1, 100, 246, 1110
$
$...ELEMENT DEFINITION AND PROPERTIES:
$ (ELEMENTS GROUPED BY PID SINCE THICKNESS OF ALL ELEMENTS IN A GROUP
$ ARE TO BE AFFECTED BY A SINGLE DESIGN VARIABLE)
$
MAT1, 150, 1.0E7, , 0.3, 0.1
$...ELEMENT GROUP 1:
CQUAD4, 101, 1, 100, 101, 201, 200
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=8
CQUAD4, 102, 1, 101, 102, 202, 201
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=7
PSHELL, 1, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 202, 2, 201, 202, 302, 301
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=7
CQUAD4, 203, 2, 202, 203, 303, 302
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=6
11-10
PSHELL, 2, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 303, 3, 302, 303, 403, 402
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=6
CQUAD4, 304, 3, 303, 304, 404, 403
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=5
PSHELL, 3, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 404, 4, 403, 404, 504, 503
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=5
CQUAD4, 405, 4, 404, 405, 505, 504
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=4
PSHELL, 4, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 505, 5, 504, 505, 605, 604
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=4
CQUAD4, 506, 5, 505, 506, 606, 605
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=3
PSHELL, 5, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 606, 6, 605, 606, 706, 705
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=3
CQUAD4, 607, 6, 606, 607, 707, 706
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=2
PSHELL, 6, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 707, 7, 706, 707, 807, 806
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=2
CQUAD4, 708, 7, 707, 708, 808, 807
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
=1
PSHELL, 7, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 808, 8, 807, 808, 908, 907
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
=1
CQUAD4, 809, 8, 808, 809, 909, 908
=, *(1), =, *(1), *(1), *(1), *(1),
PSHELL, 8, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 909, 9, 908, 909, 1009, 1008
=, *(100), =, *(100), *(100), *(100), *(100)
CQUAD4, 910, 9, 909, 910, 1010, 1009
11-11
PSHELL, 9, 150, .08, 150
CQUAD4, 1010, 10, 1009, 1010, 1110, 1109
PSHELL, 10, 150, .08, 150
$
$...EIGENVALUE EXTRACTION INFORMATION - 15 RETAINED MODES
$
EIGRL 500 15 0
$
$...FREQUENCY DEPENDENT LOADING DATA: (OSCILLATORY PRESSURE LOAD)
$
RLOAD1, 700, 710, , , 800
LSEQ, 720, 710, 730
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 101, THRU, 110
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 201, THRU, 210
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 301, THRU, 310
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 401, THRU, 410
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 501, THRU, 510
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 601, THRU, 610
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 701, THRU, 710
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 801, THRU, 810
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 901, THRU, 910
PLOAD2, 730, 1.0, 1001, THRU, 1010
TABLED1,800, , , , , , , , +
+, 0.0, 1.0, 1.0E3, 1.0, ENDT
$
FREQ1 740 20. 1. 180
tabdmp1 2000
0.0 0.20 1000.0 0.20 endt
$
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$...SPECIFY DESIGN VARIABLES, RELATE LINEARLY TO PLATE THICKNESS
DESVAR, 1, T1, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 2, T2, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 3, T3, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 4, T4, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 5, T5, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 6, T6, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 7, T7, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 8, T8, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 9, T9, .08, .001, 1.0
DESVAR, 10, T10, .08, .001, 1.0
$
$...RELATE DESIGN VARIABLES TO PLATE THICKNESSES
DVPREL1,101, PSHELL, 1, 4, .01, , , , +00
=, *(1), =, *(1), =, =, =, =, =, *(1)
=8
+00, 1, 1.0
*(1), *(1), =
=8
11-12
$
DRESP1 201 VOLUME VOLUME
DRESP1 20 g1110L FRDISP 3 20.0 1110
= *(1) = = = = = *(1.0) =
=79
DRESP1 102 G1110H FRDISP 3 102.0 1110
= *(2) = = = = = *(2.0) =
=48
$
DRESP2 1 UZ2 1
DRESP1 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31 32 33
34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53 54
55 56 57 58 59 60 61
62 63 64 65 66 67 68
69 70 71 72 73 74 75
76 77 78 79 80 81 82
83 84 85 86 87 88 89
90 91 92 93 94 95 96
97 98 99 100 102 104 106
108 110 112 114 116 118 120
122 124 126 128 130 132 134
136 138 140 142 144 146 148
150 152 154 156 158 160 162
164 166 168 170 172 174 176
178 180 182 184 186 188 190
192 194 196 198 200
$
DEQATN 1 UZ2(U20,u21,u22,u23,u24,u25,U26,U27,U28,U29,U30,
U31,U32,U33,U34,U35,U36,U37,U38,U39,U40,
U41,U42,U43,U44,U45,U46,U47,U48,U49,U50,
U51,U52,U53,U54,U55,U56,U57,U58,U59,U60,
U61,U62,U63,U64,U65,U66,U67,U68,U69,U70,
U71,U72,U73,U74,U75,U76,U77,U78,U79,U80,
U81,U82,U83,U84,U85,U86,U87,U88,U89,U90,
U91,U92,U93,U94,U95,U96,U97,U98,U99,U100,
U102,U104,U106,U108,U110,U112,U114,U116,U118,U120,
U122,U124,U126,U128,U130,U132,U134,U136,U138,U140,
U142,U144,U146,U148,U150,U152,U154,U156,U158,U160,
U162,U164,U166,U168,U170,U172,U174,U176,U178,U180,
U182,U184,U186,U188,U190,U192,U194,U196,U198,U200)
= u20**2 + u21**2 + U22**2 + U23**2+ U24**2 +
U25**2 + U26**2 + U27**2 + U28**2 + U29**2 +U30**2 +
U31**2 + U32**2 + U33**2 + U34**2 + U35**2 +
U36**2 + U37**2 + U38**2 + U39**2 + U40**2 +
U41**2 + U42**2 + U43**2 + U44**2 + U45**2 +
U46**2 + U47**2 + U48**2 + U49**2 + U50**2 +
U51**2 + U52**2 + U53**2 + U54**2 + U55**2 +
u56**2 + u57**2 + u58**2 + u59**2 + u60**2 +
U61**2 + U62**2 + U63**2 + U64**2 + U65**2 +
U66**2 + U67**2 + U68**2 + U69**2 + U70**2 +
11-13
U71**2 + U72**2 + U73**2 + U74**2 + U75**2 +
U76**2 + U77**2 + U78**2 + U79**2 + U80**2 +
U81**2 + U82**2 + U83**2 + U84**2 + U85**2 +
u86**2 + u87**2 + u88**2 + u89**2 + u90**2 +
U91**2 + U92**2 + U93**2 + U94**2 + U95**2 +
u96**2 + u97**2 + u98**2 + u99**2 + u100**2 +
2.0*(u102**2 + u104**2 + u106**2 + u108**2 + u110**2 +
u112**2 + u114**2 + u116**2 + u118**2 + u120**2 +
u122**2 + u124**2 + u126**2 + u128**2 + u130**2 +
u132**2 + u134**2 + u136**2 + u138**2 + u140**2 +
u142**2 + u144**2 + u146**2 + u148**2 + u150**2 +
u152**2 + u154**2 + u156**2 + u158**2 + u160**2 +
u162**2 + u164**2 + u166**2 + u168**2 + u170**2 +
u172**2 + u174**2 + u176**2 + u178**2 + u180**2 +
u182**2 + u184**2 + u186**2 + u188**2 + u190**2 +
u192**2 + u194**2 + u196**2 + u198**2 + u200**2)
$
DCONSTR 10 201 7.99 8.01
doptprm desmax 40 p1 1 p2 8 conv1 0.01
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
$
$param, optexit, 2
ENDDATA
1
1
-
1
4
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
Results:
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 2.301266E+02 -1.249123E-03
1 2.077626E+02 1.858892E+02 1.176688E-01 -1.247635E-03
2 1.743351E+02 1.609400E+02 8.323036E-02 -1.242462E-03
3 1.552931E+02 1.549932E+02 1.935096E-03 -1.248490E-03
4 1.483332E+02 1.423191E+02 4.225774E-02 -1.247516E-03
5 1.352799E+02 1.396561E+02 -3.133548E-02 -1.240314E-03
6 1.376002E+02 1.359294E+02 1.229173E-02 -1.239836E-03
7 1.338581E+02 1.346727E+02 -6.048443E-03 -1.231839E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
1
-
1
5
EXAMPLE MODAL FREQUENCY RESPONSE OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | T1 | 8.0000E-02 : 9.6000E-02 : 9.2260E-02 : 1.0819E-01 : 8.6551E-02 : 1.0386E-01 :
2 | 2 | T2 | 8.0000E-02 : 7.9020E-02 : 9.0223E-02 : 8.1839E-02 : 9.2760E-02 : 8.0022E-02 :
3 | 3 | T3 | 8.0000E-02 : 6.4695E-02 : 7.0780E-02 : 7.0625E-02 : 6.8610E-02 : 6.8198E-02 :
4 | 4 | T4 | 8.0000E-02 : 6.6232E-02 : 5.2986E-02 : 4.2548E-02 : 4.6342E-02 : 3.8022E-02 :
5 | 5 | T5 | 8.0000E-02 : 7.4244E-02 : 6.0564E-02 : 5.0883E-02 : 4.8050E-02 : 4.8722E-02 :
6 | 6 | T6 | 8.0000E-02 : 8.0033E-02 : 7.2680E-02 : 7.1341E-02 : 7.4902E-02 : 7.4154E-02 :
7 | 7 | T7 | 8.0000E-02 : 8.5749E-02 : 8.7154E-02 : 8.9976E-02 : 9.4979E-02 : 9.4669E-02 :
8 | 8 | T8 | 8.0000E-02 : 9.6000E-02 : 1.1429E-01 : 1.2160E-01 : 1.3566E-01 : 1.3450E-01 :
9 | 9 | T9 | 8.0000E-02 : 9.6000E-02 : 1.1520E-01 : 1.2648E-01 : 1.5178E-01 : 1.5422E-01 :
10 | 10 | T10 | 8.0000E-02 : 9.6000E-02 : 1.1520E-01 : 1.2155E-01 : 1.4586E-01 : 1.4772E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | T1 | 9.2234E-02 : 1.0245E-01 :
2 | 2 | T2 | 8.9215E-02 : 7.8416E-02 :
3 | 3 | T3 | 6.6226E-02 : 6.4560E-02 :
4 | 4 | T4 | 3.6059E-02 : 3.2658E-02 :
5 | 5 | T5 | 5.5572E-02 : 5.8001E-02 :
6 | 6 | T6 | 7.6552E-02 : 7.8469E-02 :
7 | 7 | T7 | 9.6333E-02 : 9.7656E-02 :
8 | 8 | T8 | 1.3458E-01 : 1.3406E-01 :
9 | 9 | T9 | 1.5716E-01 : 1.5932E-01 :
10 | 10 | T10 | 1.4968E-01 : 1.5128E-01 :
11-16
Frequency-Dependent Displacement Results:
3.622 @ 58 Hz
2.929 @ 52 Hz
11-17
Final Thickness Distribution:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Thickness
11-18
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION
This example illustrates minimization of acoustic response peaks
over a given frequency range. (The example is also presented in the
MSC/NASTRAN Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide,
Section 7.10.)
The figure below shows an acoustic box with an acoustic source and
a transducer located on opposite walls of the box (prop 3 ends). We
would like to modify the box plate thicknesses to minimize the
response peaks within the fluid (air). This is to be done without
changing the total weight of the box.
11-19
EXAMPLE ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
One could use the following technique for minimizing response
peaks:
minimize x
subject to
One such constraint is written for every response of interest.
can only be minimized if the peak pressures are lowered.
P(f)
c
1
c
2
c
3
f
1
f
2
f
3
f
x
P f1 ( ) x 0
P f2 ( ) x 0
P f3 ( ) x 0
11-20
Input File:
ID MSC-XL, MSC-NASTRAN
TIME 100
SOL 200 $ modal frequency response
CEND
SUBTITLE = acoustic and structural elements
LABEL = boxae1.dat
$
$ analysis case control:
set 20 = 11280
echo = sort(param,eigc,eigrl,freq,desvar,dconstr,dresp1,dresp2,deqatn,
dvprel1)
spc = 1
DISP(phase) = 20
method(structure) = 20
method(fluid) = 30
cmethod = 10
frequency = 200
dload = 100
partn = 20
$ optimization case control:
ANALYSIS = MFREQ
DESGLB = 5
DESSUB = 10
DESOBJ = 100
$
BEGIN BULK
$
EIGRL 20 200. max
eigrl ,30, 15., 155., 9, 0, , 105., max
eigc,10,clan,max,,,,
,15.,300.,,,,,4
$
$ sound pressure level
param,rms,yes
$ reference pressure for dB and dBA
param,prefdb,2.-5
$
PARAM AUTOSPC no
$
$ fluid/structure interface
acmodl,diff , , , ,0.01
$
$ structural damping:
param,g,0.02
$
11-21
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10----
rload1,100,101,,,102
darea,101,1288,3,100.
tabled1,102
,0.,1.,1000.,1.,endt
$freq2, 200, 1.0, 200.0, 50
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10----
freq 200 40. 50. 60. 70. 80. 90. 95.
100. 105. 110. 120. 130. 140. 150. 160.
170. 180. 190. 200. 97.5 102.5
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10----
$
$
$ Define the Design Variables:
$
DESVAR, 1, P1, 0.02493,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 2, P2, 0.01953,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 4, P4, 0.02047,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 5, P5, 0.02596,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 6, P6, 0.02175,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 7, P7, 0.02426,0.0001, 1.
DESVAR, 8, BETA 1.0, 0.001
$
$ Relate the Design Variables to changes in plate thicknesses:
$
$VPREL1,ID, TYPE, PID, FID, PMIN, PMAX, C0, , +
$
DVPREL1,1, PSHELL, 1, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 1, 1.
DVPREL1,2, PSHELL, 2, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 2, 1.
DVPREL1,4, PSHELL, 4, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 4, 1.
DVPREL1,5, PSHELL, 5, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 5, 1.
DVPREL1,6, PSHELL, 6, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 6, 1.
DVPREL1,7, PSHELL, 7, 4, 0.0001, , , , +
+, 7, 1.
$
$ Define the synthetic Objective as a function of X8:
$
$RESP2, ID, LABEL, EQID, REGION, , , , , +
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
DRESP2 100 BETA 100
DESVAR 8
DEQATN 100 OBJ(BETA) = 10000.0 * BETA
$
11-22
$ Define the constraint on weight (weight budget for optimization):
$
$RESP1, ID, LABEL, RTYPE, PTYPE, REGION, ATTA, ATTB, ATT1, +
$+, ATT2, ...
$
DCONSTR 5 2 2890. 2910.
$
$ Define the constraints on acoustic sound pressure levels
$ (one for each forcing frequency):
$
DRESP1 1 DRUCK FRDISP 1 11280
DRESP2 11 PRESBET 10
DESVAR 8
DRESP1 1
DEQATN 10 F(BETA,PRES) = 100.0 * BETA - PRES + 1000.
DCONSTR 10 11 1000.
$
$ Override miscellaneous Optimization Parameters:
$
DOPTPRM DESMAX 20 P1 1 P2 15 CONV1 1E-6
$
$
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$ structural model
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS THE PROPERTY AND MATERIAL BULK DATA ENTRIES
$
PSHELL 3 1 .100 1
$
PSHELL 1 1 .02493 1
PSHELL 2 1 .01953 1
pshell 4 1 .02047 1
pshell 5 1 .02596 1
pshell 6 1 .02175 1
pshell 7 1 .02426 1
$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS BULK DATA FOR SUPERELEMENT 0
$
$
GRID 1 0.0 0.0 0.0
GRID 2 2. 0.0 0.0
GRID 3 2. 0.0 1.
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
11-23
GRID 1293 1.5 .5 1.
GRID 1294 1.6 .5 1.
GRID 1295 1.7 .5 1.
$
CQUAD4 1 1 1 9 29 28
CQUAD4 2 1 9 10 30 29
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
. . . . . . .
CQUAD4 999 3 1139 1140 275 296
CQUAD4 1000 3 1140 897 5 275
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS THE LOADS,CONSTRAINTS, AND CONTROL BULK DATA ENTRIES
$
$
SPC 1 1 123 0.0
SPC 1 2 123 0.0
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . . . .
SPC 1 986 4
SPC 1 987 4
SPC 1 975 4
$
$
MAT1 1 2.+11 .3 7600.
$
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10----
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$ acoustic model
$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$$
$
$ THIS SECTION CONTAINS BULK DATA FOR SUPERELEMENT 0
$
$
$-------2-------3-------4-------5-------6-------7-------8-------9-------10----
GRID 10001 0.0 0.0 0.0 -1
GRID 10002 2. 0.0 0.0 -1
GRID 10003 2. 0.0 1. -1
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
. . . . . .
GRID 12540 2. 1. .2 -1
GRID 12541 2. 1. .1 -1
$
CHEXA 10001100 10004 10126 10127 10009 10018 10137 +
+ 10138 10019
11-24
CHEXA 10002100 10009 10127 10128 10010 10019 10138 +
+ 10139 10020
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . .
CHEXA 11999100 12411 12530 12531 12412 12422 12540 +
+ 12541 12423
CHEXA 12000100 12412 12531 12532 12413 12423 12541 +
+ 10006 12424
$
psolid,100,100,,,,1,pfluid
$
mat10,100,,1.293,200.
$
ENDDATA
1
1
-
2
5
Results:
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 1.000000E+04 1.106849E-01
1 5.334501E+03 5.334501E+03 0.000000E+00 4.063804E-01
2 1.246205E+03 1.246205E+03 0.000000E+00 2.724397E-01
3 1.809879E+03 1.809879E+03 0.000000E+00 1.475203E-01
4 2.076569E+03 2.076569E+03 0.000000E+00 1.426204E-01
5 2.075635E+03 2.075635E+03 0.000000E+00 9.813190E-02
6 2.076403E+03 2.076403E+03 0.000000E+00 4.730811E-02
7 2.103385E+03 2.103385E+03 0.000000E+00 6.921270E-02
8 2.104906E+03 2.104906E+03 0.000000E+00 6.877228E-02
9 2.133196E+03 2.133196E+03 0.000000E+00 9.842414E-02
10 2.478105E+03 2.478105E+03 0.000000E+00 2.656518E-02
11 1.858579E+03 1.858579E+03 0.000000E+00 8.776490E-03
12 1.393935E+03 1.393935E+03 0.000000E+00 5.736145E-03
13 1.424619E+03 1.424619E+03 0.000000E+00 2.339111E-03
14 1.068465E+03 1.068465E+03 0.000000E+00 1.823486E-03
15 1.068465E+03 1.068465E+03 0.000000E+00 1.823486E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
1
-
2
6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | P1 | 2.4930E-02 : 3.4858E-02 : 3.2397E-02 : 2.8322E-02 : 3.4406E-02 : 3.5523E-02 :
2 | 2 | P2 | 1.9530E-02 : 2.6421E-02 : 2.6187E-02 : 3.3966E-02 : 3.3395E-02 : 3.2716E-02 :
3 | 4 | P4 | 2.0470E-02 : 1.0487E-02 : 1.2030E-02 : 1.3776E-02 : 7.8943E-03 : 6.4859E-03 :
4 | 5 | P5 | 2.5960E-02 : 2.0480E-02 : 2.1393E-02 : 1.3477E-02 : 2.3186E-02 : 2.2668E-02 :
5 | 6 | P6 | 2.1750E-02 : 1.8127E-02 : 2.1821E-02 : 2.3308E-02 : 2.1010E-02 : 1.9540E-02 :
6 | 7 | P7 | 2.4260E-02 : 1.9210E-02 : 1.5891E-02 : 1.4294E-02 : 9.1583E-03 : 1.0095E-02 :
7 | 8 | BETA | 1.0000E+00 : 5.3345E-01 : 1.2462E-01 : 1.8099E-01 : 2.0766E-01 : 2.0756E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | P1 | 3.4322E-02 : 2.9154E-02 : 2.4363E-02 : 2.7226E-02 : 2.4670E-02 : 2.4619E-02 :
2 | 2 | P2 | 3.1484E-02 : 2.6989E-02 : 3.1301E-02 : 2.5696E-02 : 2.3196E-02 : 2.3115E-02 :
3 | 4 | P4 | 5.6109E-03 : 6.5327E-03 : 5.8686E-03 : 5.4315E-03 : 4.3781E-03 : 3.8628E-03 :
4 | 5 | P5 | 2.4430E-02 : 3.1121E-02 : 3.3386E-02 : 3.8369E-02 : 4.0770E-02 : 4.0748E-02 :
5 | 6 | P6 | 1.8545E-02 : 1.7878E-02 : 1.7679E-02 : 1.4659E-02 : 1.6339E-02 : 1.6324E-02 :
6 | 7 | P7 | 1.3480E-02 : 1.9997E-02 : 2.1885E-02 : 2.5364E-02 : 2.7816E-02 : 2.7732E-02 :
7 | 8 | BETA | 2.0764E-01 : 2.1034E-01 : 2.1049E-01 : 2.1332E-01 : 2.4781E-01 : 1.8586E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 12 : 13 : 14 : 15 : 16 : 17 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | P1 | 2.4258E-02 : 2.6005E-02 : 2.6021E-02 : 2.6021E-02 :
2 | 2 | P2 | 2.3058E-02 : 2.1841E-02 : 2.1834E-02 : 2.1834E-02 :
3 | 4 | P4 | 3.3257E-03 : 2.7535E-03 : 2.4141E-03 : 2.4141E-03 :
4 | 5 | P5 | 4.3248E-02 : 4.3566E-02 : 4.3587E-02 : 4.3587E-02 :
5 | 6 | P6 | 1.4020E-02 : 1.1520E-02 : 1.1632E-02 : 1.1632E-02 :
6 | 7 | P7 | 2.7829E-02 : 2.9923E-02 : 2.9964E-02 : 2.9964E-02 :
7 | 8 | BETA | 1.3939E-01 : 1.4246E-01 : 1.0685E-01 : 1.0685E-01 :
11-27
Sound Pressure Levels: Initial and Final Distributions:
140.5 dB @ 100 Hz
115.9 dB @ 100 Hz
11-28
EXAMPLE: ACOUSTIC OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
Structural and Fluid Eigenfrequencies:
Mode
No.
Structural
Eigenfrequencies
Fluid
Eigenfrequencies Initial Final
1 75.99 7.861680E+01 50.01
2 95.29 8.777968E+01 100.41
3 104.16 9.964240E+01 100.41
4 130.78 1.187981E+02 100.41
5 133.35 1.262226E+02 112.19
6 143.74 1.309330E+02 112.19
7 153.16 1.448834E+02 142.00
8 173.69 1.457052E+02 142.00
9 142.00
SECTION 12
SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-1
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-3
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION. . . 12-5
12-1
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 12
Superelements supported in SOL 200 are for old formulation only.
Superelement optimization allows the design model to span
superelement boundaries.
Advantages of using superelements in design optimization:
Large problems can be broken into smaller, more manageable
pieces
Incremental or concurrent processing using split database
technique (multi-master)
Partial redesign requires partial solution
Provides effective use of resources
Design variables:
For sizing: can be related to property groups across superelements
For shape: limited shape optimization support is available in
Version 68 only the Manual Grid Variation method can be used in
a superelement model
12-2
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS (Cont.)
Design responses:
All solution 200 analysis disciplines are supported
Weight and volume responses can be from any, or all,
superelements
First level responses (DRESP1) can be from any superelement
(except eigenvalues, which are for the residual only)
Second level responses (DRESP2) are supported, although the
argument list cannot span superelements or load cases
Supported Superelements:
Primary and Image superelements are supported
Image superelements reference the design variables and
responses of the Primary superelement
Although External superelements can be used in the analysis, they
cannot be a part of the design model (they cannot be written as
functions of design variables, or contribute design responses)
12-3
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION
Single Discipline:
Condensed (SUPER=ALL)
Expanded
Multidisciplinary
Condensed (SUPER=ALL) case control is recommended
Example: Condensed Case Control
Recommended Case Control structure
ID MSC, D200SE3 $
CEND
TITLE=STATIC ANALYSIS OF A 25-BAR TRUSS D200SE3
DISP=ALL
SPC=100
ANALYSIS=STATICS
SUPER=ALL
DESOBJ=15
SUBCASE 1
DESSUB=1
LABEL=LOAD CONDITION 1
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 2
DESSUB=2
LABEL=LOAD CONDITION 2
LOAD=310
BEGIN BULK
12-4
CASE CONTROL SPECIFICATION (Cont.)
Example: Expanded Case Control
Design constraints called out for each superelement and load case
ANALYSIS=STATICS
DESOBJ=15
SUBCASE 10
DESSUB=1
SUPER=1,1 $ SUPERELEMENT 1, LOAD SEQ 1
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 20
DESSUB=2
SUPER=1,2 $ SUPERELEMENT 1, LOAD SEQ 2
LOAD=310
SUBCASE 30
DESSUB=3
LOAD=300
SUBCASE 40
DESSUB=4
LOAD=310
BEGIN BULK
12-5
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS,
SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION
This example illustrates the use of superelement optimization for a
simple case. (The example is also presented in the MSC/NASTRAN
Design Sensitivity and Optimization Users Guide, Section 7.9)
The figure below shows a twenty-five bar truss structure that has
been partitioned into an upstream superelement 1, and a residual
structure, superelement 0. (Grids 1 and 2 have been defined as
interior to superelement 1.)
Analysis Model Description
Three-dimensional truss
Symmetric with respect to x-y plane and y-z plane
Weight density = 0.1 lbs/in
3
Materials: E = 1.0E7 psi
Two distinct loading conditions
Superelement 1
Superelement 0
X
Y
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
3
12-6
EXAMPLE: TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS,
SUPERELEMENT OPTIMIZATION (Cont.)
Design Model Description
The Euler Buckling stress for a pin-connected truss member can be
written as:
Assuming tubular section elements with a diameter to thickness ratio
of 100,
So the area moment of inertia can be approximated as
Minimization of structural weight
Design variables: Cross-sectional areas linked to eight
independent design variables
Constraints: Allowable stress: Tensile = 40,000 psi
Compressive = 40,000 psi
Displacement constraints: t0.35 inches at
grid 1 and 2 for all translational degrees of
freedom
Euler buckling constraints for compressive
members assuming tubular section diameter
to thickness ratio of approximately 100
b
P
b
A
-------
1
A
----

2
Ei
L
2
------------
,

_
= =
A Dt , where
D
t
---- 100
I
Dt D
2
t
2
+ ( )
8
----------------------------------
12-7
Buckling stresses in terms of the area design variables can be written
approximately as:
A feasible buckling condition is:
Which can be normalized as:
b
AE
L
2
--------
100
2
1 + ( )
8100
------------------------------- where
D
t
---- 100 = =

b
b
------ 1
12-8
Input data:
ID MSC, D200X3
TIME 10
CEND
super = all
ECHO = UNSORT
OLOAD = ALL
DISP = ALL
SPCFORCE = ALL
ELFORCE = ALL
STRESS = ALL
SPC = 100
ANALYSIS = STATICS $
SUBCASE 1
LOAD = 300
SUBCASE 2
LOAD = 310
BEGIN BULK
$
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ ANALYSIS MODEL
$-------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
GRDSET, , , , , , , 456
SESET, 1, 1, 2
MAT1, 1, 10.0E6, , , 0.1, , , , +M1
+M1, 25000., 25000.
SPC1, 100, 123, 7, THRU, 10
GRID, 1 , , -37.5, 0.0, 200.0
GRID, 2 , , 37.5, 0.0, 200.0
GRID, 3 , , -37.5, 37.5, 100.0
GRID, 4 , , 37.5, 37.5, 100.0
GRID, 5 , , 37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID, 6 , , -37.5, -37.5, 100.0
GRID, 7 , , -100.0, 100.0, 0.0
GRID, 8 , , 100.0, 100.0, 0.0
GRID, 9 , , 100.0, -100.0, 0.0
GRID, 10, , -100.0, -100.0, 0.0
CROD, 1 , 1, 1, 2
CROD, 2 , 2, 1, 4
12-9
CROD, 3 , 2, 2, 3
CROD, 4 , 2, 1, 5
CROD, 5 , 2, 2, 6
CROD, 6 , 3, 2, 4
CROD, 7 , 3, 2, 5
CROD, 8 , 3, 1, 3
CROD, 9 , 3, 1, 6
CROD, 10, 4, 3, 6
CROD, 11, 4, 4, 5
CROD, 12, 5, 3, 4
CROD, 13, 5, 5, 6
CROD, 14, 6, 3, 10
CROD, 15, 6, 6, 7
CROD, 16, 6, 4, 9
CROD, 17, 6, 5, 8
CROD, 18, 7, 4, 7
CROD, 19, 7, 3, 8
CROD, 20, 7, 5, 10
CROD, 21, 7, 6, 9
CROD, 22, 8, 6, 10
CROD, 23, 8, 3, 7
CROD, 24, 8, 5, 9
CROD, 25, 8, 4, 8
$
PROD, 1, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 2, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 3, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 4, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 5, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 6, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 7, 1, 2.0, 0.0
PROD, 8, 1, 2.0, 0.0
$
FORCE, 300, 1, , 1.0, 1000., 10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300, 2, , 1.0, 0., 10000.,-5000.
FORCE, 300, 3, , 1.0, 500., 0., 0.
FORCE, 300, 6, , 1.0, 500., 0., 0.
FORCE, 310, 1, , 1.0, 0., 20000.,-5000.
FORCE, 310, 2, , 1.0, 0., -20000.,-5000.
$
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$ DESIGN MODEL
$-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
$
$
12-10
DESVAR, 1, X1, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 2, X2, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 3, X3, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 4, X4, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 5, X5, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 6, X6, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 7, X7, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
DESVAR, 8, X8, 2.0, 0.01, 100.0
$
$...Relate the design variables to the analysis model properties
$
DVPREL1,1, PROD, 1, 4, , , , , +DP1
+DP1 ,1, 1.0
DVPREL1,2, PROD, 2, 4, , , , , +DP2
+DP2 ,2, 1.0
DVPREL1,3, PROD, 3, 4, , , , , +DP3
+DP3 ,3, 1.0
DVPREL1,4, PROD, 4, 4, , , , , +DP4
+DP4 ,4, 1.0
DVPREL1,5, PROD, 5, 4, , , , , +DP5
+DP5 ,5, 1.0
DVPREL1,6, PROD, 6, 4, , , , , +DP6
+DP6 ,6, 1.0
DVPREL1,7, PROD, 7, 4, , , , , +DP7
+DP7 ,7, 1.0
DVPREL1,8, PROD, 8, 4, , , , , +DP8
+DP8 ,8, 1.0
$
$...Identify the responses to be used in the design model
$+, ATT2, ...
$
DRESP1, 9 , D1, DISP , , , 1, , 1
DRESP1, 10, D2, DISP , , , 2, , 1
DRESP1, 11, D3, DISP , , , 3, , 1
DRESP1, 12, D4, DISP , , , 1, , 2
DRESP1, 13, D5, DISP , , , 2, , 2
DRESP1, 14, D6, DISP , , , 3, , 2
12-11
DRESP1, 15, W , WEIGHT, , , , , ALL
$
$...Formulate the second level responses (here, simple Euler buckling)
$+, DESVAR, DVID1, DVID2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DTABLE, LABEL1, LABEL2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DRESP1, NR1, NR2, ..., , , , , +
$+, DNODE, NID1, DIR1, NID2, DIR2, ..., , , +
$
DRESP2, 16, SC1, 1, , , , , , +DR11
+DR11 , DESVAR, 1, , , , , , , +DR12
+DR12 , DTABLE, L1, , , , , , , +DR13
+DR13 , DRESP1, 1
DRESP2, 17, SC2, 1, , , , , , +DR21
+DR21 , DESVAR, 2, , , , , , , +DR22
+DR22 , DTABLE, L2, , , , , , , +DR23
+DR23 , DRESP1, 2
DRESP2, 18, SC3, 1, , , , , , +DR31
+DR31 , DESVAR, 3, , , , , , , +DR32
+DR32 , DTABLE, L3, , , , , , , +DR33
+DR33 , DRESP1, 3
DRESP2, 19, SC4, 1, , , , , , +DR41
+DR41 , DESVAR, 4, , , , , , , +DR42
+DR42 , DTABLE, L4, , , , , , , +DR43
+DR43 , DRESP1, 4
DRESP2, 20, SC5, 1, , , , , , +DR51
+DR51 , DESVAR, 5, , , , , , , +DR52
+DR52 , DTABLE, L5, , , , , , , +DR53
+DR53 , DRESP1, 5
DRESP2, 21, SC6, 1, , , , , , +DR61
+DR61 , DESVAR, 6, , , , , , , +DR62
+DR62 , DTABLE, L6, , , , , , , +DR63
+DR63 , DRESP1, 6
DRESP2, 22, SC7, 1, , , , , , +DR71
+DR71 , DESVAR, 7, , , , , , , +DR72
+DR72 , DTABLE, L7, , , , , , , +DR73
+DR73 , DRESP1, 7
DRESP2, 23, SC8, 1, , , , , , +DR81
+DR81 , DESVAR, 8, , , , , , , +DR82
+DR82 , DTABLE, L8, , , , , , , +DR83
+DR83 , DRESP1, 8
$
$...Equations used to define second level responses (note: fixed-field form!!)
$DEQATN EQUID F() = ...
$
DEQATN 1 F(A,RL,S) = -S*RL**2/(A*1.E7*39.274)
$
12-12
$...Table constants
$DTABLE,LABEL1, VALUE1, LABEL2, VALUE2, LABEL3, VALUE3, LABEL4, VALUE4 +
$+, LABEL5, VALUE5, ...
$
DTABLE, L1, 75.00, L2, 130.50, L3, 106.80,L4, 75.00, +
+, L5, 75.00, L6, 181.14,L7, 181.14, L8, 133.46
$
$
DCONSTR,10, 1 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 2 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 3 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 4 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 5 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 6 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 7 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 8 , -40000.,40000.
DCONSTR,10, 9 , -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 10, -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 11, -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 12, -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 13, -0.35 ,0.35
DCONSTR,10, 14, -0.35 ,0.35
$
DCONSTR,11, 16, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 17, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 18, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 19, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 20, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 21, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 22, -1.0E10, 1.0
DCONSTR,11, 23, -1.0E10, 1.0
$
$...Combine the two constraint sets
$ (equivalent to just putting all into the same set to begin with)
DCONADD,12, 10, 11
$
$...Override optimization parameter defaults:
$
DOPTPRM,IPRINT, 3, DESMAX, 15, DELP, 0.5, p1, 1, +
+, p2, 15
ENDDATA
$.......2.......3.......4.......5.......6.......7.......8.......9.......0
1
2
-
1
3
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT
Results:
**************************************************************************************
--- AND ---
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
1
2
-
1
4
EXAMPLE: TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 6.614414E+02 1.102773E-01
1 5.985143E+02 5.985219E+02 -1.254311E-05 2.294609E-03
2 5.763787E+02 5.763831E+02 -7.730217E-06 8.119856E-04
3 5.605763E+02 5.605792E+02 -5.117301E-06 3.697191E-04
4 5.513699E+02 5.513676E+02 4.206515E-06 2.951452E-03
5 5.484974E+02 5.484994E+02 -3.560852E-06 3.337860E-05
6 5.465300E+02 5.465295E+02 7.817438E-07 1.285757E-04
7 5.459542E+02 5.459532E+02 1.788729E-06 3.235681E-06
8 5.459244E+02 5.459244E+02 0.000000E+00 3.865957E-04
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
2
-
1
5
EXAMPLE TWENTY FIVE BAR TRUSS, SUPERELEMENT
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | X1 | 2.0000E+00 : 1.0000E+00 : 9.3000E-01 : 4.6500E-01 : 2.3250E-01 : 1.1625E-01 :
2 | 2 | X2 | 2.0000E+00 : 2.0461E+00 : 2.0175E+00 : 2.0560E+00 : 2.0416E+00 : 2.0378E+00 :
3 | 3 | X3 | 2.0000E+00 : 3.0000E+00 : 3.1355E+00 : 3.0361E+00 : 3.0550E+00 : 3.0211E+00 :
4 | 4 | X4 | 2.0000E+00 : 1.0000E+00 : 8.6000E-01 : 4.3000E-01 : 2.1500E-01 : 1.0750E-01 :
5 | 5 | X5 | 2.0000E+00 : 1.0000E+00 : 8.6240E-01 : 4.3120E-01 : 2.1558E-01 : 1.0774E-01 :
6 | 6 | X6 | 2.0000E+00 : 1.0000E+00 : 6.1363E-01 : 7.1806E-01 : 6.8686E-01 : 6.6251E-01 :
7 | 7 | X7 | 2.0000E+00 : 1.5944E+00 : 1.5890E+00 : 1.5927E+00 : 1.5991E+00 : 1.6201E+00 :
8 | 8 | X8 | 2.0000E+00 : 2.5863E+00 : 2.7106E+00 : 2.6171E+00 : 2.6308E+00 : 2.6893E+00 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 1 | X1 | 5.8125E-02 : 2.9063E-02 : 2.8529E-02 :
2 | 2 | X2 | 2.0443E+00 : 2.0427E+00 : 2.0427E+00 :
3 | 3 | X3 | 3.0237E+00 : 3.0059E+00 : 3.0061E+00 :
4 | 4 | X4 | 5.3750E-02 : 2.6875E-02 : 2.5837E-02 :
5 | 5 | X5 | 5.3789E-02 : 5.4376E-02 : 5.3374E-02 :
6 | 6 | X6 | 6.8365E-01 : 6.8306E-01 : 6.8303E-01 :
7 | 7 | X7 | 1.6118E+00 : 1.6216E+00 : 1.6215E+00 :
8 | 8 | X8 | 2.6649E+00 : 2.6690E+00 : 2.6691E+00 :
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECTION 13
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-1
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-3
FLUTTER DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-4
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-5
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-6
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-7
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-9
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-10
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-12
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-13
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-14
HA200A INPUT FILE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-15
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-17
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-23
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-31
13-1
AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION MSC BACKGROUND13
Aeroelastic
Optimization
Aeroelasticity Design Optimization
13-2
STATIC AEROELASTICITY DESIGN CONDITIONS
Standard response quantities, e.g.,
Stress/strain
Displacement
Internal force
Trim parameters, for example
Stability derivative values restrained or unrestrained

Equations using stability derivatives can be used to design, e.g.,
roll effectiveness
10.0
20.0
e
20.0
13-3
STATIC AEROELASTICITY SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
Similar to sensitivity of static analysis without aerodynamics
Aerodynamic matrices are invariant with respect to design
variables
Calculation varies depending on the design condition
Stability derivative sensitivities require additional pseudo-
displacement vectors
13-4
FLUTTER DESIGN
The PK method solves for p at a set of specified velocities
Given p:
The flutter response is the damping level () at user specified:
Velocities
Densities
Mach numbers
Mode numbers
Imag p ( ) =
Real p ( ) =
V
13-5
FLUTTER RESPONSE PROPERTIES
Computation of the flutter speed is not required
Response evaluated only at velocities of interest
Hump mode behavior is addressed
Typically, only a few responses require gradients
13-6
FLUTTER RESPONSE SENSITIVITY
The gradient of the damping value is given by
Gradient is computed analytically
Sensitivity of the normal modes is considered negligible
Adjoint flutter vector is utilized
Similar to frequency constraint sensitivity
Gradient calculation is conceptually straightforward but
algebraically complex

x
------
1
----
p
R
x
----------
p
l
x
--------
,
_
=
13-7
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (HA200A and B)
Aerodynamic panels
This is a standard MSC/NASTRAN test case (Example HA144E).
2115
1100
2100
2103
2131
1119
1007 2007
1000 2000
3100
3103
3115
(b) Side View (a) Plan View
Rudder
Wing
Aileron
Canard
1131
13-8
AEROELASTIC DESIGN EXAMPLE (Cont.)
(HA200A and B)
Structural model
This is a standard MSC/NASTRAN test case (Example HA144E).
121
(b) Side View (a) Plan View
Designed Bars
120
122
221
220
222
311
310
312
111
110
112
211
210
212
100
97
98
90
99
100
97
98
90
99
13-9
ANALYSIS CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE
Five trim conditions:
Level flight, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf (sea level)
Level flight, M = 1.2, q = 863 psf (20,000 ft.)
Steady rolling pullout, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf
Abrupt rolling pullout, M = 0.9, q = 1200 psf
Snap-roll entry, M = 0.45, q = 300 psf
Two flutter conditions:
Sea level, M = 0.9
Sea level, M = 1.2
13-10
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE
Minimize the weight:
With bar properties:
where X
1
= DV10 for the inboard wing bar
X
2
= DV20 for the outboard wing bar
X
3
= DV30 for the fin bar
and
1
=
38.490 lb/ft
3
to give a weight of 333 lbs when X
1
= 1.0
2
=
38.490 lb/ft
3
2
= 1.0
3
=
5.7735 lb/ft
3
3
= 1.0
W
i
A
i
l
i
i 1 =
3
=
A
I
1
I
2
J

' ;

i
1.5000
0.1736
2.0000
0.4630

' ;

X
i
=
13-11
DESIGN CONDITIONS FOR EXAMPLE (Cont.)
Subject to:

t
= 50,000 psi = 7.20 10
6
psf limit allowable tensile stress

c
= 40,000 psi = 5.76 10
6
psf limit allowable compressive stress
u
5
( )
120
u
5
( )
100
u
5
( )
220
u
5
( )
100

;
1.0, M 0.9 , Level flight, q 1200 psf = =
0.5, M 1.2 , Level flight, q 863 psf = =
'
pb
2V
a
--------------
0.60, M 0.9, q 1200 psf = =
0.43, M 1.2, q 863 psf = =
'
g 0.00 at V 1000, 1300 and 1500 ft/s for M 0.9 and 1.2 = =
13-12
HA200B OBJECTIVE RESULTS
4000
3500
3000
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Iteration Number
W
i
n
g

S
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
a
l

W
e
i
g
h
t

(
l
b
s
)
13-13
HA200B DESIGN VARIABLE RESULTS
D
e
s
i
g
n

V
a
r
i
a
b
l
e
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Iteration Number
2.0
1.0
0.0
= DV10
= DV20
= DV30
13-14
HA200B FLUTTER RESULTS
1.00
0.75
0.50
0.25
0.00
0.25
0.50
0.75
1.00
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800
Optimized Design
Initial Design
Optimized Design
Initial Design
V
REQ
Velocity (ft/sec)
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

(
H
z
)
D
a
m
p
i
n
g

(
g
)
13-15
HA200A INPUT FILE
ID MSC, HA200A
$$$$$$$$ HANDBOOK FOR AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS EXAMPLE HA200A $$$$$$$$
$$
$ MODEL DESCRIPTION FULL SPAN 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING $
$ WITH AILERON, CANARD AND AFT SWEPT $
$ VERTICAL FIN AND RUDDER. $
$ BAR MODEL WITH DUMBBELL MASSES.$
$$
$ SOLUTION QUASI-STEADY AEROELASTIC ANALYSIS$
$ AND UNSTEADY FLUTTER ANALYSIS USING$
$ DOUBLET-LATTICE METHOD$
$ AERODYNAMICS AT MACH NO. 0.9.$
$$
$ OUTPUT STANDARD AEROELASTIC OUTPUT PLUS$
$ A TABLE IDENTIFYING RESPONSES$
$ FOR WHICH SENSITIVITY RESULTS ARE$
$ AVAILABLE FOLLOWED BY A MATRIX OF$
$ SENSITIVITY VALUES.$
$ $
$$
$$$$$$$$ $$$$$$$$
TIME 30 $ CPU TIME IN MINUTES
SOL 200 $ OPTIMIZATION WITH AEROELASTICITY
CEND
TITLE = EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN
SUBTI = DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
ECHO = BOTH
SPC = 1
DESOBJ = 10
DISP = ALL $
STRESS = ALL $
FORCE = ALL $
AEROF = ALL $
APRES = ALL $
SUBCASE 1
LABEL = SUBSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 1
TRIM = 1 $
SUBCASE 2
LABEL = SUPERSONIC SYMMETRIC PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 2
TRIM = 2 $
SUBCASE 3
LABEL = HIGH SPEED ROLLING PULLOUT
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 200
TRIM = 3 $
13-16
HA200A INPUT FILE (Cont.)
SUBCASE 4
LABEL = HIGH SPEED PULLUP WITH ABRUPT ROLL
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 200
TRIM = 4 $
SUBCASE 5
LABEL = SUBSONIC ENTRY INTO SNAP ROLL
ANALYSIS = SAERO
DESSUB = 200
TRIM = 5 $
SUBCASE 6
LABEL = SUBSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
SET 10 = 1,THRU,100000
PARAM OPPHIPA,1
DISP = 10
STRESS = NONE $
FORCE = NONE $
AEROF = NONE $
APRES = NONE $
DESSUB = 6
METHOD = 20
FMETHOD = 30
SUBCASE 7
LABEL = SUPERSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS
ANALYSIS = FLUTTER
DISP = NONE $
STRESS = NONE $
FORCE = NONE $
AEROF = NONE $
APRES = NONE $
DESSUB = 7
METHOD = 20
FMETHOD = 40
BEGIN BULK
13-17
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT
$
$ * * * *
$
$ * * * OPTIMIZATION * * *
$
$
$ * * *
$
$ * THE DESIGN MODEL *
$
$ DEFINITION OF THE DESIGN VARIABLES
$
$ THE DESVAR ENTRY DEFINES A DESIGN VARIABLE FOR DESIGN
$ OPTIMIZATION. LISTED ARE A UNIQUE DESIGN VARIABLE ID
$ NUMBER, A USER SUPPLIED NAME FOR PRINTING PURPOSES, AN
$ INITIAL VALUE, A LOWER BOUND, AND AN UPPER BOUND.
$
$DESVAR ID LABEL XINIT XLB XUB
DESVAR 10 PBAR101 1.0 0.001 100.0
DESVAR 20 PBAR102 1.0 0.001 100.0
DESVAR 30 PBAR103 0.1 0.001 100.0
$
$ RELATIONSHIP OF DESIGN VARIABLES TO ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTIES
$
$ THE DVPREL1 ENTRY EXPRESSES AN AN ANALYSIS MODEL PROPERTY AS
$ A LINEAR FUNCTION OF DESIGN VARIABLES. IT LISTS A UNIQUE ID,
$ AN ANALYSIS MODEL ENTRY TYPE ID STRING, A PROPERTY ENTRY ID,
$ THE FIELD POSITION OF THE PROPERTY ENTRY OR WORD POSITION IN
$ THE ELEMENT PROPERTY TABLE OF THE ANALYSIS MODEL, THE MINIMUM
$ AND MAXIMUM VALUES ALLOWED FOR THIS PROPERTY DURING OPTIMIZATION,
$ A CONSTANT TERM OF RELATION, A DESIGN VARIABLE ENTRY (DESVAR)
$ ID, AND A COEFFICIENT OF LINEAR RELATION. THE EQUATION IS PI
$ = CO + CJXJ AND THE CONTINUATION ENTRY CAN BE USED TO LIST
$ MORE THAN ONE CJ. IN THIS CASE, THERE IS ONLY ONE CJ FOR EACH
$ DVPREL1 ENTRY.
$
$DVPREL1ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX C0 XXXX DVPREL1
DVPREL1 1014 PBAR 101 4
$ DVID1 COEF1 DVID2 COEF2 DVID3 COEF3 ....
10 1.5
10 0.173611
10 2.0
10 0.462963
20 1.5
20 0.173611
13-18
DESIGN MODEL AND BULK DATA INPUT (Cont.)
20 2.0
20 .462963
30 1.5
30 0.173611
30 2.0
30 .462963
$
$ * * *
$
$ * STRUCTURAL RESPONSES AND CONSTRAINTS *
$
$ THE DRESP1 ENTRY DEFINES A SET OF STRUCTURAL RESPONSES THAT
$ IS USED IN THE DESIGN EITHER AS CONSTRAINTS OR AS AN OBJECTIVE.
$ IT LISTS A UNIQUE ENTRY IDENTIFIER, A USER DEFINED LABEL, THE
$ THE RESPONSE TYPE, THE PROPERTY ENTRY TYPE OR ELEMENT ID FLAG
$ (ELEM), A REGION IDENTIFIER FOR CONSTRAINT SCREENING, AND A
$ NUMBER OF ATTRIBUTES DEFINED IN THE TABLE GIVEN IN THE DRESP1
$ BULK DATA ENTRY DESCRIPTION (SEE EITHER THE MSC/NASTRAN USERS
$ MANUAL, THE DESIGN OPTIMIZATION USERS GUIDE, OR THE QUICK
$ REFERENCE GUIDE).
$
$ DRESP1,10, IDENTIFIES THE
$ WEIGHT RESPONSE USED AS THE OBJECTIVE FUNCTION.
$
$DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
$
$ THE FOLLOWING DRESP1 ENTRIES IDENTIFY MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM
$ STRESSES AT END A OF ALL ELEMENTS IN PROPERTY GROUPS 101,
$ 102, AND 103. THE STRESS ITEM CODES LISTED IN THE ATTA
$ FIELDS CAN BE FOUND IN SECTION 4 OF THE MSC/NASTRAN USERS
$ MANUAL.
$
$
$ STRESS RESPONSES
$
$DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
DRESP1 1001 TEN110 STRESS PBAR 7 101
102 103
DRESP1 1002 COM110 STRESS PBAR 8 101
102 103
$
13-19
$ STRESS CONSTRAINTS
$
$ THE DCONSTR ENTRY DEFINES DESIGN CONSTRAINTS. LISTED ARE
$ A CONSTRAINT SET ID, THE DRESPI ENTRY ID AND THE LOWER AND
$ UPPER BOUND IMPOSED ON THIS RESPONSE QUANTITY. THE FOLLOWING
$ TWO ENTRIES IMPOSE LIMITS ON THE ALLOWABLE STRESSES IN THE
$ BARS IN UNITS OF POUNDS/FOOT**2.
$
$DCONSTR DCID RID LALLOW UALLOW
DCONSTR 200 1001 -5.76+6 7.20+6
DCONSTR 200 1002 -5.76+6 7.20+6
$
$
$ TIP TWIST RESPONSES
$
DRESP1 101 RTIPROT DISP 5 120
DRESP1 201 LTIPROT DISP 5 220
DRESP1 100 RTROT DISP 5 100
$
$ SECOND LEVEL RESPONSES FOR TIP TWIST
$
$ THE DRESP2 ENTRY DEFINES THE INPUT ARGUMENTS TO USER-SUPPLIED
$ EQUATIONS. THESE SECOND-LEVEL RESPONSES CAN THEN EITHER BE
$ USED AS CONSTRAINTS OR AS AN OBJECTIVE FUNCTION. INPUT MAY
$ CONSIST OF DESIGN VARIABLES (DESVAR), FIRST-LEVEL (DRESP1)
$ RESPONSES, TABLE CONSTANTS (DTABLE), AND GRID COORDINATES
$ (DVGRID). IT LISTS AN ID, A USER DEFINED LABEL, THE DEQATN
$ ENTRY ID, A REGION IDENTIFIER FOR CONSTRAINT SCREENING, A
$ STRING INDICATING DESVAR ID NUMBERS, A DESVAR ID, A STRING
$ INDICATING THAT THE LABELS FOR THE CONSTANTS IN A DTABLE ENTRY
$ FOLLOW, THE LABELS OF CONSTANTS IN THE DTABLE INPUT,
$ A STRING INDICATING DRESP1 ID NUMBERS, DRESP1 IDS, A STRING
$ SIGNIFYING THAT THE IDS AND DIRECTIONS FOLLOWING ARE NODE
$ NUMBERS AND CARTESIAN DIRECTION COMPONENTS, NODE NUMBERS,
$ AND CARTESIAN DIRECTIONS.
$
$DRESP2 ID LABEL EQID REGION XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX
DRESP2 5 RHSTWIST5 +DR25
$ DRESP1 NR1 NR2 NR3 ETC
+DR25 DRESP1 101 100
$
DRESP2 6 LHSTWIST5 +DR26
+DR26 DRESP1 201 100
$
$ EQUATION DEFINING SECOND LEVEL RESPONSE FOR TIP TWIST
$
$ THE DEQATN ENTRY DEFINES THE EQUATION(S) USED IN THE DESIGN
$ PROCESS. IT LISTS A UNIQUE EQUATION ID, AND THE EQUATION IS
$ WRITTEN IN FORTRAN LIKE SYNTAX FOLLOWING THE RULES IN DEFINING
$ DMAP ASSIGNMENTS AND FUNCTIONS.
13-20
$DEQATN EQID EQUATION
DEQATN 5 F(RTIP,RROOT) = RTIP - RROOT
$
$
$ TIP TWIST CONSTRAINTS
$
DCONSTR 50 5 -0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 50 6 -0.017450.01745
DCONSTR 60 5 -.008726 .008726
DCONSTR 60 6 -.008726 .008726
DCONADD 1 50 200
DCONADD 2 60 200
$
$ * * *
$
$ * AILERON ROLL EFFECTIVENESS *
$
$
$ RESPONSES REQUIRED FOR ROLL EFFECTIVENESS
$
DRESP1 1401 CLDELTA STABDER 517 0 4
DRESP1 1402 CLP STABDER 513 0 4
$
$
$DRESP2 ID LABEL EQID REGION XXX XXX XXX XXX +DRES2
DRESP2 2401 ROLLEFF 103 +DR2401
$ DRESP1 NR1 NR2 NR3 ETC
+DR2401 DRESP1 1402 1401
$DEQATN EQID EQUATION
DEQATN 103 F(A,B) = -B/A
$
$ SUBSONIC AILERON EFFECTIVENESS CONSTRAINT
$
DCONSTR 50 2401 0.60
$
$ SUBSONIC AILERON EFFECTIVENESS CONSTRAINT
$
DCONSTR 60 2401 0.43
$
$ * * *
$
$ * SUBSONIC AND SUPERSONIC FLUTTER *
$
$ RESPONSE FOR SUBSONIC FLUTTER
$
$DRESP1 ID LABEL FLUTTER XXXX REGION SID XXXX ID_MODE +DR
DRESP1 1 FLUTTER FLUTTER 88 +DR1
$ ID_DENS ID_MACH ID_VEL
+DR1 1 2 4
13-21
$
$ SELECTION OF FLUTTER MODES FOR OPTIMIZATION
$
SET1 88 4 THRU 7
$
$ SELECTION OF VELOCITIES FOR IMPOSING FLUTTER CONSTRAINTS
$
FLFACT 4 1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
$
$ EQUATION FOR SECOND LEVEL FLUTTER RESPONSE TO CONSTRAIN SYSTEM DAMPING
$
DRESP2 4 GDAMP 4 +DR24
+DR24 DRESP1 1
DEQATN 4 F(A) = (A - 0.03)/0.1
$
$ CONSTRAINT ON AEROELASTIC SYSTEM DAMPING
$
DCONSTR 6 4 -1.0+20 -0.3
$
$
$ RESPONSE FOR SUPERSONIC FLUTTER
$
$DRESP1 ID LABEL FLUTTER XXXX REGION SID XXXX ID_MODE +DR
DRESP1 11 FLUTTER FLUTTER 89 +DR11
$ ID_DENS ID_MACH ID_VEL
+DR11 11 12 14
$
SET1 89 4 THRU 7
$
FLFACT 14 1000.0 1300.0 1500.0
$
DRESP2 21 GDAMP 4 +DR21
+DR21 DRESP1 11
$
DCONSTR 7 21 -1.0+20 -0.3
$
$ * * *
$
$ * OPTIMIZATION CONTROL PARAMETERS *
$
$ THE DOPTPRM ENTRY IS USED TO OVERRIDE DEFAULT OPTIMIZATION
$ PARAMETERS. THE DOPTPRM ENTRY IS USED
$ HERE TO SET THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DESIGN CYCLES TO 25 AND TO
$ REQUEST DETAILED RESULTS FOLLOWING EACH OPTIMIZATION CYCLE.
$
$ PARAM1 VAL1 PARAM2 VAL2 ETC
DOPTPRM DESMAX 25 P1 2 P2 15 DELB 0.01
$
13-22
$ THE PARAMETER CDIF,YES FORCES THE SELECTION OF THE CENTRAL
$ DIFFERENCE SCHEME USED IN THE SEMI-ANALYTIC APPROACH
$ REGARDLESS OF THE TYPE OF OPTIMIZATION REQUESTED.
PARAM CDIF YES
$
$ THE BULK DATA PARAMETER, NASPRT, IS USED TO SPECIFY HOW OFTEN
$ MSC/NASTRAN OUTPUT IS TO BE PROVIDED. ITS VALUE INDICATES THAT
$ OUTPUT IS TO BE COMPUTED EVERY N-TH DESIGN CYCLE.
PARAM NASPRT 2
$
$ THE BULK DATA PARAMETER, OPTEXIT, IS USED TO CONTROL THE EXIT
$ POINT FROM A SOLUTION 200 OPTIMIZATION TASK. OPTEXIT=4 INDICATES
$ THAT A SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS IS TO BE PERFORMED WITHOUT OPTIMIZATION.
PARAM OPTEXIT 4
$
$ THE DSCREEN ENTRY IS USED HERE TO FORCE RETENTION OF ALL THE
$ CONSTRAINTS SO THAT THE DESIRED RESPONSE SENSITIVITIES WILL
$ BE PRINTED. CONSTRAINTS ARE RETAINED IF THEY ARE GREATER
$ THAN TRS.
$SCREEN RTYPE TRS NSTR
DSCREEN STRESS -2.0
DSCREEN EQUA -2.0
ENDDATA
INPUT BULK DATA CARD COUNT = 900
1
3
-
2
3
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS
EXAMPLE HA200A: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 31
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
----- COMPARISON BETWEEN INPUT PROPERTY VALUES FROM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODELS -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD ANALYSIS DESIGN LOWER UPPER DIFFERENCE
TYPE ID ID VALUE VALUE BOUND BOUND FLAG
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBAR 101 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 101 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E+00 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 102 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 NONE
PBAR 103 4 1.500000E+00 1.500000E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 5 1.736110E-01 1.736110E-02 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 6 2.000000E+00 2.000000E-01 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
PBAR 103 7 4.629630E-01 4.629630E-02 1.000000E-03 1.000000E+20 WARNING
1. IF FIELD ID IS LESS THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE WORD POSITION OF AN ENTRY IN EPT.
2. IF FIELD ID IS GREATER THAN ZERO, IT IDENTIFIES THE FIELD POSITION ON A PROPERTY BULK DATA ENTRY.
3. THE DIFFERENCE FLAG IS USED TO CHARACTERIZE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ANALYSIS AND DESIGN MODEL PROPERTIES:
IF THE FLAG IS NONE, THEN THERE IS NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO VALUES.
IF THE FLAG IS WARNING, THEN THE USER IS ADVISED THAT DIFFERENCES EXIST.
IF THE FLAG IS FATAL, THEN THE DIFFERENCES ARE GREATER THAN 1.00000E+35 AND THE RUN WILL BE TERMINATED.
1
3
-
2
4
HA200A SELECTED RESULTS (Cont.)
----- WEIGHT/VOLUME RESPONSES -----
------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE
------------------------------------------
1 10 WEIGHT
----- STATICS RESPONSES -----
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE GRID/ELM COMPONENT SUB PLY
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE ID NO. CASE NO.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 100 DISP 100 5 1
3 101 DISP 120 5 1
4 201 DISP 220 5 1
5 1001 STRESS 110 7 1
6 1001 STRESS 210 7 1
7 1001 STRESS 120 7 1
8 1001 STRESS 220 7 1
9 1001 STRESS 310 7 1
10 1002 STRESS 110 8 1
11 1002 STRESS 210 8 1
12 1002 STRESS 120 8 1
13 1002 STRESS 220 8 1
14 1002 STRESS 310 8 1
----- AEROELASTIC STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE SUBCASE RESTRAINED/ COMPONENT AESTAT/AESURF
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE ID UNRESTRAINED NO. ID
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 1401 STABDER 1 UNRESTRAINED 4 517
1
3
-
2
5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17 100 DISP 100 5 2
18 101 DISP 120 5 2
19 201 DISP 220 5 2
20 1001 STRESS 110 7 2
21 1001 STRESS 210 7 2
22 1001 STRESS 120 7 2
23 1001 STRESS 220 7 2
24 1001 STRESS 310 7 2
25 1002 STRESS 110 8 2
26 1002 STRESS 210 8 2
27 1002 STRESS 120 8 2
28 1002 STRESS 220 8 2
29 1002 STRESS 310 8 2
----- AEROELASTIC STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE SUBCASE RESTRAINED/ COMPONENT AESTAT/AESURF
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE ID UNRESTRAINED NO. ID
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
3
-
2
6
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32 1001 STRESS 110 7 3
33 1001 STRESS 210 7 3
34 1001 STRESS 120 7 3
35 1001 STRESS 220 7 3
36 1001 STRESS 310 7 3
37 1002 STRESS 110 8 3
38 1002 STRESS 210 8 3
39 1002 STRESS 120 8 3
40 1002 STRESS 220 8 3
41 1002 STRESS 310 8 3
42 1001 STRESS 110 7 4
43 1001 STRESS 210 7 4
44 1001 STRESS 120 7 4
45 1001 STRESS 220 7 4
46 1001 STRESS 310 7 4
47 1002 STRESS 110 8 4
48 1002 STRESS 210 8 4
49 1002 STRESS 120 8 4
50 1002 STRESS 220 8 4
51 1002 STRESS 310 8 4
52 1001 STRESS 110 7 5
53 1001 STRESS 210 7 5
54 1001 STRESS 120 7 5
55 1001 STRESS 220 7 5
56 1001 STRESS 310 7 5
57 1002 STRESS 110 8 5
58 1002 STRESS 210 8 5
59 1002 STRESS 120 8 5
60 1002 STRESS 220 8 5
61 1002 STRESS 310 8 5
1
3
-
2
7
----- AEROELASTIC FLUTTER RESPONSES -----
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP1 RESPONSE SUBCASE MODE DENSITY MACH VELOCITY
NO. ENTRY ID TYPE ID NO. NO.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
62 1 FLUTTER 6 4 1.000 0.900 1000.000
63 1 FLUTTER 6 4 1.000 0.900 1300.000
64 1 FLUTTER 6 4 1.000 0.900 1500.000
65 1 FLUTTER 6 5 1.000 0.900 1000.000
66 1 FLUTTER 6 5 1.000 0.900 1300.000
67 1 FLUTTER 6 5 1.000 0.900 1500.000
68 1 FLUTTER 6 6 1.000 0.900 1000.000
69 1 FLUTTER 6 6 1.000 0.900 1300.000
70 1 FLUTTER 6 6 1.000 0.900 1500.000
71 1 FLUTTER 6 7 1.000 0.900 1000.000
72 1 FLUTTER 6 7 1.000 0.900 1300.000
73 1 FLUTTER 6 7 1.000 0.900 1500.000
74 11 FLUTTER 7 4 1.000 1.200 1000.000
75 11 FLUTTER 7 4 1.000 1.200 1300.000
76 11 FLUTTER 7 4 1.000 1.200 1500.000
77 11 FLUTTER 7 5 1.000 1.200 1000.000
78 11 FLUTTER 7 5 1.000 1.200 1300.000
79 11 FLUTTER 7 5 1.000 1.200 1500.000
80 11 FLUTTER 7 6 1.000 1.200 1000.000
81 11 FLUTTER 7 6 1.000 1.200 1300.000
82 11 FLUTTER 7 6 1.000 1.200 1500.000
83 11 FLUTTER 7 7 1.000 1.200 1000.000
84 11 FLUTTER 7 7 1.000 1.200 1300.000
85 11 FLUTTER 7 7 1.000 1.200 1500.000
----- IDENTIFICATION OF COLUMNS IN THE DESIGN SENSITIVITY -----
----- MATRIX THAT ARE ASSOCIATED WITH DRESP2 ENTRIES -----
1
3
-
2
8
----------------------------------------------------------
COLUMN DRESP2 SUB FREQ/
NO. ENTRY ID CASE TIME
----------------------------------------------------------
86 5 1
87 6 1
88 2401 1
89 5 2
90 6 2
91 2401 2
92 4 6
93 4 6
94 4 6
95 4 6
96 4 6
97 4 6
98 4 6
99 4 6
100 4 6
101 4 6
102 4 6
103 4 6
104 21 7
105 21 7
106 21 7
107 21 7
108 21 7
109 21 7
110 21 7
111 21 7
112 21 7
113 21 7
114 21 7
115 21 7
^^^ DMAP INFORMATION MESSAGE 9029 (DESOPT) - DESIGN SENSITIVITY COEFFICIENT MATRIX FOR DIRECT
AND SYNTHETIC RESPONSES - GRADIENTS OF RESPONSES WITH RESPECT TO INDEPENDENT DESIGN VARIABLES
1
3
-
2
9
MATRIX DSCM2 (GINO NAME 101 ) IS A REAL 115 COLUMN X 3 ROW RECTANG MATRIX.
COLUMN 1 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 6.6667E+02 1.3333E+03 5.0000E+01
COLUMN 2 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 2.3115E-04 5.5879E-06 5.3085E-05
COLUMN 3 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -5.4311E-03 -4.8257E-03 8.5682E-05
COLUMN 4 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -5.4313E-03 -4.8257E-03 8.5682E-05
COLUMN 5 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -1.2751E+06 1.3784E+05 5.2500E+03
COLUMN 6 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -1.2751E+06 1.3784E+05 5.2500E+03
COLUMN 7 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) -1.2258E+05 -4.9729E+05 2.1250E+03
.
.
.
COLUMN 110 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 5.2690E-03 3.3642E-02 8.6986E-04
COLUMN 111 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.4705E+00 1.4853E+00 1.0002E-01
COLUMN 112 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.1036E+01 5.7482E+00 3.5277E-01
1
3
-
3
0
COLUMN 113 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 5.7897E-01 7.2965E-01 2.5005E-02
COLUMN 114 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 9.0316E-03 6.3687E-02 1.4559E-03
COLUMN 115 ROWS 1 THRU 3 --------------------------------------------------
ROW
1) 1.2167E-02 8.5035E-02 1.8582E-03
THE NUMBER OF NON-ZERO TERMS IN THE DENSEST COLUMN = 3
THE DENSITY OF THIS MATRIX IS 98.84 PERCENT.
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 2.005000E+03 1.460522E+01
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 10 | PBAR101 | 1.0000E+00 :
2 | 20 | PBAR102 | 1.0000E+00 :
3 | 30 | PBAR103 | 1.0000E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RUN TERMINATED DUE TO PARAMETER OPTEXIT = 4.
1
3
-
3
1
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS
EXAMPLE HA200B: 30 DEG FWD SWEPT WING WITH CANARD AND FIN PAGE 159
DEMONSTRATION OF AEROELASTIC OPTIMIZATION
SUPERSONIC FLUTTER ANALYSIS SUBCASE 7
THIS IS THE FIRST ANALYSIS - NO CONVERGENCE CHECK
-------------------------------------------------------
MAXIMUM VALUE OF CONSTRAINTS : 1.4605E+01
-------------------------------------------------------
********************************************************************
* *
* *
* D E S I G N O P T I M I Z A T I O N *
* *
* *
********************************************************************
*******************************************
* *
* D E S I G N C Y C L E 1 *
* *
*******************************************
***** OPTIMIZATION RESULTS BASED ON THE APPROXIMATE MODEL *****
----- DESIGN OBJECTIVE -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL TYPE MINIMIZE
RESPONSE OF OR SUPERELEMENT SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID RESPONSE LABEL MAXIMIZE ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 DRESP1 WEIGHT MINIMIZE 0 1 2.0050E+03 3.5277E+03
1
3
-
3
2
HA200B SELECTED RESULTS (Cont.)
----- DESIGN VARIABLES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DESVAR LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 PBAR101 1.0000E-03 1.0000E+00 2.0000E+00 1.0000E+02
2 20 PBAR102 1.0000E-03 1.0000E+00 1.6390E+00 1.0000E+02
3 30 PBAR103 1.0000E-03 1.0000E-01 2.0000E-01 1.0000E+02
----- DESIGNED PROPERTIES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PROPERTY PROPERTY FIELD TYPE OF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
TYPE ID ID PROPERTY BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PBAR 101 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E+00 3.0000E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-01 3.4722E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E+00 4.0000E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 101 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-01 9.2593E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E+00 2.4586E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-01 2.8455E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E+00 3.2781E+00 1.0000E+20
PBAR 102 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-01 7.5881E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 4 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.5000E-01 3.0000E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 5 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 1.7361E-02 3.4722E-02 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 6 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 2.0000E-01 4.0000E-01 1.0000E+20
PBAR 103 7 DVPREL1 1.0000E-03 4.6296E-02 9.2593E-02 1.0000E+20
1
3
-
3
3
----- DESIGN CONSTRAINTS ON RESPONSES -----
(MAXIMUM RESPONSE CONSTRAINTS MARKED WITH **)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL INTERNAL
INTERNAL DCONSTR RESPONSE RESPONSE L/U REGION SUBCASE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID ID TYPE FLAG ID ID VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 50 2 EQUA UPPER 6 1 -3.9543E-01 -6.6547E-01
2 50 1 EQUA UPPER 5 1 -3.9543E-01 -6.6440E-01
3 50 3 EQUA LOWER 2401 1 1.7848E-02 -3.4503E-02
4 60 4 EQUA LOWER 2401 2 1.1241E-02 -3.9465E-02
5 6 5 EQUA UPPER 4 6 -4.3507E-01 -3.6965E-01
6 6 6 EQUA UPPER 4 6 1.4605E+01** 1.3839E+00**
7 7 7 EQUA UPPER 21 7 8.1231E+00 -8.8540E+00
8 7 8 EQUA UPPER 21 7 -4.7149E-01 -4.1885E-01
----- CONSTRAINTS ON DESIGNED PROPERTIES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL PROPERTY FIELD L/U CYCLE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID FLAG FLAG LIMIT VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 101 4 LOWER 1.2000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
10 101 5 LOWER 1.3889E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
11 101 6 LOWER 1.6000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
12 101 7 LOWER 3.7037E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
13 102 4 LOWER 1.2000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
1
3
-
3
4
----- CONSTRAINTS ON DESIGNED PROPERTIES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL PROPERTY FIELD L/U CYCLE INPUT OUTPUT
ID ID FLAG FLAG LIMIT VALUE VALUE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 102 5 LOWER 1.3889E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
15 102 6 LOWER 1.6000E+00 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
16 102 7 LOWER 3.7037E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.0488E+00
17 103 4 LOWER 1.2000E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
18 103 5 LOWER 7.3611E-03 -1.3585E+00 -3.7170E+00
19 103 6 LOWER 1.6000E-01 -2.5000E-01 -1.5000E+00
20 103 7 LOWER 3.6296E-02 -2.7551E-01 -1.5510E+00
21 101 4 UPPER 1.8000E+00 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
22 101 5 UPPER 2.0833E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
23 101 6 UPPER 2.4000E+00 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
24 101 7 UPPER 5.5556E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
25 102 4 UPPER 1.8000E+00 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
26 102 5 UPPER 2.0833E-01 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
27 102 6 UPPER 2.4000E+00 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
28 102 7 UPPER 5.5556E-01 -1.6667E-01 3.6586E-01
29 103 4 UPPER 1.8000E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
30 103 5 UPPER 2.7361E-02 -3.6548E-01 2.6904E-01
31 103 6 UPPER 2.4000E-01 -1.6667E-01 6.6667E-01
32 103 7 UPPER 5.6296E-02 -1.7763E-01 6.4474E-01
1
3
-
3
5
----------------------------------------------------------------------
| R E S P O N S E S IN D E S I G N M O D E L |
----------------------------------------------------------------------
(N/A - BOUND NOT ACTIVE OR AVAILABLE)
----- WEIGHT RESPONSE -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 10 WEIGHT N/A 2.0050E+03 3.5277E+03 N/A
D E S I G N C Y C L E = 1 S U B C A S E = 1
----- DISPLACEMENT RESPONSES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE GRID COMPONENT LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL ID NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 100 RTROT 100 5 N/A 1.1291E-02 1.1403E-02 N/A
3 101 RTIPROT 120 5 N/A 2.1841E-02 1.7259E-02 N/A
4 201 LTIPROT 220 5 N/A 2.1841E-02 1.7240E-02 N/A
----- STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.6340E-01 2.6922E-01 N/A
6 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -4.4697E-01 -4.3374E-01 N/A
1
3
-
3
6
----- STABILITY DERIVATIVE RESPONSES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RESTRAINED / AESTAT /
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE UNRESTRAINED COMPONENT AESURF LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL FLAG NO. ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 1401 CLDELTA 0 4 517 N/A 2.1655E-01 2.2531E-01 N/A
8 1402 CLP 0 4 513 N/A -5.0933E-01 -5.0408E-01 N/A
----- FLUTTER RESPONSES ----- -----
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE MODE MACH LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL NO. VELOCITY NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 1 FLUTTER 6 1.0000E+03 9.0000E-01 N/A -1.3052E-02 -1.1089E-02 N/A
10 1 FLUTTER 6 1.5000E+03 9.0000E-01 N/A 4.3816E-01 4.1516E-02 N/A
----- FLUTTER RESPONSES -----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP1 RESPONSE MODE MACH LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL NO. VELOCITY NO. BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11 11 FLUTTER 5 1.5000E+03 1.2000E+00 N/A 2.4369E-01 -2.6562E-01 N/A
12 11 FLUTTER 6 1.0000E+03 1.2000E+00 N/A -1.4145E-02 -1.2566E-02 N/A
1
3
-
3
7
---- RETAINED DRESP2 RESPONSES ----
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INTERNAL DRESP2 RESPONSE EQUATION LOWER INPUT OUTPUT UPPER
ID ID LABEL ID BOUND VALUE VALUE BOUND
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 5 RHSTWIST 5 N/A 1.0550E-02 5.8562E-03 1.7450E-02
2 6 LHSTWIST 5 N/A 1.0550E-02 5.8376E-03 1.7450E-02
3 2401 ROLLEFF 103 6.0000E-01 5.8929E-01 6.2070E-01 N/A
4 2401 ROLLEFF 103 4.3000E-01 4.2517E-01 4.4697E-01 N/A
5 4 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.3052E-01 -4.1089E-01 -3.0000E-01
6 4 GDAMP 4 N/A 4.0816E+00 1.1516E-01 -3.0000E-01
7 21 GDAMP 4 N/A 2.1369E+00 -2.9562E+00 -3.0000E-01
8 21 GDAMP 4 N/A -4.4145E-01 -4.2566E-01 -3.0000E-01
****************************************************************************************
INSPECTION OF CONVERGENCE DATA FOR THE OPTIMAL DESIGN WITH RESPECT TO APPROXIMATE MODELS
(SOFT CONVERGENCE DECISION LOGIC)
****************************************************************************************
AND MAX OF RELATIVE PROP.CHANGES 1.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
--- AND ---
MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT VALUE 1.3839E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-03
OR MAX OF RELATIVE D.V. CHANGES 1.0000E+00 MUST BE LESS THAN 1.0000E-03
****************************************************************************************
1
3
-
3
8
**************************************************************************************
--- AND ---
MAXIMUM CONSTRAINT VALUE -2.5652E-03 MUST BE LESS THAN 5.0000E-03
--- OR ---
**************************************************************************************
1
3
-
3
9
***************************************************************
***************************************************************
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INITIAL 2.005000E+03 1.460522E+01
1 3.527728E+03 3.528712E+03 -2.787540E-04 -3.269444E-02
2 2.823344E+03 2.822969E+03 1.327524E-04 -1.713157E-02
3 2.627507E+03 2.627666E+03 -6.067127E-05 7.991234E-02
4 2.591437E+03 2.591402E+03 1.318965E-05 1.907182E-01
5 2.595658E+03 2.595581E+03 2.962894E-05 1.129563E-01
6 2.601817E+03 2.601818E+03 -4.691731E-07 -2.565185E-03
7 2.601818E+03 2.601818E+03 0.000000E+00 -2.565185E-03
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1
3
-
4
0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 10 | PBAR101 | 1.0000E+00 : 2.0000E+00 : 1.6000E+00 : 1.8339E+00 : 1.9884E+00 : 2.0878E+00 :
2 | 20 | PBAR102 | 1.0000E+00 : 1.6390E+00 : 1.3112E+00 : 1.0490E+00 : 9.4408E-01 : 8.9742E-01 :
3 | 30 | PBAR103 | 1.0000E-01 : 2.0000E-01 : 1.6000E-01 : 1.2795E-01 : 1.4074E-01 : 1.4312E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DV. ID. | DV. ID. | LABEL | 6 : 7 : 8 : 9 : 10 : 11 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | 10 | PBAR101 | 2.0927E+00 : 2.0927E+00 :
2 | 20 | PBAR102 | 8.9963E-01 : 8.9963E-01 :
3 | 30 | PBAR103 | 1.4322E-01 : 1.4322E-01 :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
APPENDIX A
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK
DATA ENTRIES
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-3
AUXCASE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
AUXMODEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
DESGLB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
DESOBJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
DESSUB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
BULK DATA ENTRIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
BNDGRID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
DCONADD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
DCONSTR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
DEQATN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
DESVAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
DLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
DOPTPRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21
DRESP1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-25
DRESP2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-31
DSAPRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-34
APPENDIX A
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS AND BULK DATA
ENTRIES (Cont.)
DSCREEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-37
DTABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-39
DVBSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-40
DVGRID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-41
DVPREL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-43
DVPREL2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-46
DVSHAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-48
MODTRAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-49
A-1
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA
Design variables
Relation between design variables and analysis model parameters
Definition of structural responses
DESVAR Design variable definition
DLINK Definition of dependent design variable
DVPREL1 Linear relations
DVPREL2 Nonlinear relations
DRESP1 Responses computed directly by analysis
DRESP2 Synthesized responses for design problems
A-2
DESIGN MODELING INPUT DATA (Cont.)
Definition of objective and constraint functions
Optimization control parameters and constants
User equation input
DESOBJ Case
Control Ccommand
Objective function definition
DCONSTR Constraint functions
DCONADD Constraint set combinations
DESSUB Case
Control command
Selection of subcase-dependent constraints
DESGLB Case
Control command
Selection of global constraints
DSCREEN Measures of contraint screening
DOPTPRM Optimization process control
DTABLE Constants
DEQATN User-definition equation
A-3
CASE CONTROL COMMANDS
AUXCASE
Auxiliary Model Case Control Delimiter
A-4
AUXCASE Auxiliary Model Case Control Delimiter
Delimits Case Control Commands for an Auxiliary Model in SOL 200.
Format:
AUXCASE
Examples:
AUXCAS
AUXC
Remarks:
1. AUXCASE indicates the beginning of Case Control commands for an auxiliary model.
AUXCASE must follow the primary model Case Control commands.
2. All Case Control commands following this entry are applicable until the next AUXCASE or
BEGIN BULK command. Commands from preceding Case Control Sections are ignored.
3. Each auxiliary model Case Control must be delimited with the AUXCASE command.
4. The AUXMODEL command is used to associate the auxiliary model Case Control with a
particular auxiliary model.
5.
6.
Auxiliary Model Identification Number
A-5
AUXMODEL
AUXMODEL Auxiliary Model Identification Number
References an auxiliary model for generation of boundary shapes in shape optimization.
Format:
AUXMODEL = n
Examples:
AUXMODEL = 4
AUXM = 4
Describer Meaning
n Auxiliary model identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. AUXMODEL references a particular auxiliary model for analysis and may only be specified
in the auxiliary model Case Control Section.
2. See the BEGIN BULK command for the Bulk Data definition of an auxiliary model.
DESGLB
Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
A-6
DESGLB Request Design Constraints at the Global Level
Selects the design constraints to be applied at the global level in a design optimization task.
Format:
DESGLB = n
Examples:
DESGLB = 10
DESG = 25
Describer Meaning
number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. A DESGLB command is optional and invokes constraints that are to be applied indepen-
dent of a particular subcase. These constraints could be based on responses that are
independent of subcases (e.g., WEIGHT or VOLUME).
2. The DESGLB command can be used to invoke constraints that are not a function of
DRESP1 entries; e.g., DRESP2 responses that are not functions of DRESP1 responses
are subcase independent.
Design Objective
A-7
DESOBJ
DESOBJ Design Objective
Selects the DRESP1 or DRESP2 entry to be used as the design objective.
Format:
DESOBJ
Examples:
DESOBJ = 10
DESO = 25
Describer Meaning
MIN Specifies that the objective is to be minimized.
MAX Specifies that the objective is to be maximized.
n Set identification of a DRESP1 or DRESP2 Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. A DESOBJ command is required for a design optimization task and is optional for a sensi-
tivity task.
2. If the DESOBJ command is specified within a SUBCASE, the identified DRESPi Bulk Data
entry use a response only from that subcase. If DESOBJ appears above all SUBCASE
commands and there are multiple subcases, it uses a global response.
3. The referenced DRESPi entry must define a scalar response.
(
MAX
MIN
) N =
DESSUB
Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
A-8
DESSUB Design Constraints Request at the Subcase Level
Select the design constraints to be used in a design optimization task for the current subcase.
Format:
DESSUB = n
Examples:
DESSUB = 10
DESS = 25
Describer Meaning
number. (Integer 0)
Remark:
1. A DESSUB command is required for every subcase for which constraints are to be
applied.
MODTRAK
Mode Tracking Request
A-9
MODTRAK Mode Tracking Request
Selects mode tracking options in design optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
MODTRAK = n
Example:
MODTRAK = 100
Describer Meaning
n Set identification of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry. (Integer > 0)
Remark:
1. Selection of a MODTRAK Bulk Data entry with the MODTRAK Case Control command
activates mode tracking for the current subcase. This request is limited to normal modes
subcases (ANALYSIS = MODES) in design optimization (SOL 200).
A-10
BULK DATA ENTRIES
Boundary Grid Points
A-11
BNDGRID
BNDGRID Boundary Grid Points
Specifies a list of grid point identification numbers on design boundaries or surfaces for shape opti-
mization (SOL 200).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Alternate Format and Example:
Field Contents
C Component number (any unique combination of integers 1 through 6 with no
embedded blanks). See Remark 1.
GPi Shape boundary grid point identification number. (0 < Integer < 1000000; For
THRU option, GP1< GP2)
Remarks:
1. C specifies the components for the listed grid points for which boundary motion is
prescribed.
2. Multiple BNDGRID entries may be used to specify the shape boundary grid point identifi-
cation numbers.
3. Both fixed and free shape boundary grid point identification numbers are listed on this
entry.
4. The degrees of freedom specified on BNDGRID entries must be sufficient to statically con-
strain the model.
5. Degrees of freedom specified on this entry form members of the mutually exclusive s-set.
They may not be specified on other entries that define mutually exclusive sets. See the
MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix B for a list of these entries.
BNDGRID C GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7
GP8 -etc.-
BNDGRID 123 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
49
BNDGRID C GP1 "THRU" GP2
BNDGRID 123 41 THRU 49
DCONADD
Design Constraint Set Combination
A-12
DCONADD Design Constraint Set Combination
Defines the design constraints for a subcase as a union of DCONSTR entries.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DCi DCONSTR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. The DCONADD entry is selected by a DESSUB or DESGLB Case Control command.
2. All DCi must be unique from other DCi and DCID.
DCONADD DCID DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 DC5 DC6 DC7
DC8 -etc.-
DCONADD 10 4 12
Design Constraints
A-13
DCONSTR
DCONSTR Design Constraints
Define design constraints.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
RID DRESPi entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
LALLOW Lower bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
UALLOW Upper bound on the response quantity. (Real, Default = 1.0E20)
Remarks:
1. The DCONSTR entry may be selected in the Case Control Section by the DESSUB or
DESGLB command.
2. DCID may be referenced by the DCONADD Bulk Data entry.
3. For a given DCID, the associated RID can be referenced only once.
4. The units of LALLOW and UALLOW must be consistent with the referenced response de-
fined on the DRESPi entry. If RID refers to an EIGN response, then the imposed bounds
must be expressed in units of eigenvalue, (radian/time)
2
. If RID refers to a FREQ re-
sponse, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
5. LALLOW and UALLOW are unrelated to the stress limits specified on the MATi entry.
6. Constraints are computed as follows:
for lower bound constraints
for upper bound constraints
where r is the response defined on the DRESPi entry and if the RID refers to a FREQ
response, then the imposed bounds must be expressed in cycles/time.
(Continued)
DCONSTR DCID RID LALLOW UALLOW
DCONSTR 10 4 1.25
g
LALLOW r
GNORM
-------------------------------- =
g
r UALLOW
GNORM
--------------------------------- =
DCONSTR
Design Constraints
A-14
GSCAL is specified on the DOPTPRM entry (Default = 0.001)
7. As Remark 6 indicates, small values of UALLOW and LALLOW require special processing
and should be avoided. Bounds of exactly zero are particularly troublesome. This can be
avoided by using a DRESP2 entry that offsets the constrained response from zero.
GNORM =
LALLOW for lower bounds if LALLOW > GSCAL
UALLOW for upper bounds if UALLOW > GSCAL
GSCAL otherwise
A-15
DEQATN
DEQATN Design Equation Definition
Defines one or more equations for use in design sensitivity or p-element analysis.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
EQID Unique equation identification number. (Integer > 0)
EQUATION Equation(s). See Remarks. (Character)
Remarks:
1. EQUATION is a single equation or a set of nested equations and is specified in fields 3
through 9 on the first entry and may be continued on fields 2 through 9 on the continuation
entries. On the continuation entries, no commas can appear in columns 1 through 8. All
data in fields 2 through 9 must be specified in columns 9 through 72. The large-field for-
mat is not allowed.
A single equation has the following format:
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn)+expression-1
A set of nested equations is separated by semicolons and has the format:
Expression-i is a collection of constants, real variables, and real functions, separated by
operators, and must produce a single real value. (x1, x2, ..., xn) is the list of all the vari-
able names (except variable-i) that appear in all expressions. Variable-i may be used in
subsequent expressions. The last equation, variable-m = expression-m, provides the val-
ue that is returned to the Bulk Data entry that references EQID; e.g., DRESP2. The
example above represents the following mathematical equations:
(Continued)
DEQATN EQID EQUATION
EQUATION (Cont.)
DEQATN 14 F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(PI(1) R)
+ A 2/(B C); F = A + B F1 D
variable-1 (x1, x2, ..., xn) = expression-1;
etc...................
variable-m = expression-m
DEQATN
A-16
where SIN and PI are intrinsic functions. See Remark 4.
2. EQUATION may contain embedded blanks. EQUATION must contain less than 12,500
nonblank characters. This is equivalent to approximately 195 continuation entries.
3. The syntax of the expressions follows FORTRAN language standards. The allowable
arithmetic operations are shown in Table 1 in the order of execution precedence. Paren-
thesis are used to change the order of precedence. Operations within parentheses are
performed first with the usual order of precedence being maintained within the
parentheses.
Table 1. DEQATN Entry Operators.
4. The expressions may contain intrinsic functions. Table 2 contains the format and descrip-
tions of functions that may appear in the expressions. The use of functions that may be
discontinuous must be used with caution because they can cause discontinuous deriva-
tives. These are ABS, DIM, MAX, MIN, and MOD. For examples and further details see
the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary.
(Continued)
Operator Operation Sample Expressions Interpreted As
, + Negative or Positive immediately
preceded by exponentiation
X Y X ( Y )
Exponentiation X Y ( X Y )
, + Negative or Positive X Y ( X ) Y
, / Multiplication or Division X Y + Z ( X Y ) + Z
+, Addition or Subtraction X + Y X + Y
1 A B C D
3
10 + ( ) PI 1 ( ) R ( ) sin
A
2
B C
-------------- + + + =
F A B F 1 D + =
A-17
DEQATN
Table 2. DEQATN Entry Functions.
(Continued)
Format Description Mathematical Expression
ABS(x) absolute value | x |
ACOS(x) arccosine
cos
-1
x
ACOSH(x) hyperbolic arccosine
cosh
-1
x
ASIN(x) arcsine
sin
-1
x
ASINH(x) hyperbolic arcsine
sinh
-1
x
ATAN(x) arctangent
tan
-1
x
ATAN2(x,y) arctangent of quotient
tan
-1
(x/y)
ATANH(x) hyperbolic arctangent
tanh
-1
x
ATANH2(x,y) hyperbolic arctangent of quotient
tanh
-1
(x/y)
COS(x) cosine cos x
COSH(x) hyperbolic cosine cosh x
DIM(x,y) positive difference x MIN(x,y)
EXP(x) exponential
e
x
LOG(x) natural logarithm log
e
x
LOG10(x) common logarithm log
10
x
LOGX(x,y) base x logarithm log
x
y
MAX(x1, x2, ...) maximum maximum of x1, etc.
MIN(x1, x2, ...) minimum minimum of x1, etc.
MOD(x,y) remainder (modulo) x y (INT(x/y))
PI(x) multiples of pi (p) x
SIN(x) sine sin x
SINH(x) hyperbolic sine sinh x
SQRT(x) square root
TAN(x) tangent tan x
TANH(x) hyperbolic tangent tanh x
x
DEQATN
A-18
5. If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the:
a. DVPREL2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj and LABLk fields.
b. DRESP2 entry, then xi represents the DVIDj, LABLk, NRm, and Gp fields in that
order.
c. GMLOAD, GMBC, or TEMPF entries, then
x1 represents x in the basic coordinate system,
x2 represents y in the basic coordinate system, and
x3 represents z in the basic coordinate system.
d. GMCURV entry, then
x1 represents line parameter u.
e. GMSURF entry, then
x1 represents surface parameter u and
x2 represents surface parameter v.
6. If the DEQATN entry is referenced by the GMLOAD, GMBC, TEMPF, GMCURV, or
GMSURF entries and your computer has a short word length (e.g., 32 bits/word), then
EQUATION is processed with double precision and constants may be specified in double
precision; e.g., 1.2D0. If your machine has a long word length (e.g., 64 bits/word) then
EQUATION is processed in single precision and constants must be specified in single pre-
cision; e.g., 1.2.
7. The DMAP logical operators NOT, AND, OR < XOR, and XQV cannot be used as X
i
names.
8. Input errors on the DEQATN entry often result in poor messages. Substituting a [ for a
parenthesis or violating the restriction against large field format are examples. Known
messages are UFM 215, SFM 233 and UFM 5199. If any of these messages are encoun-
tered then review the DEQATN entry input.
Design Variable
A-19
DESVAR
5
DESVAR Design Variable
Defines a design variable for design optimization.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
ID Unique design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
LABEL User-supplied name for printing purposes. (Character)
XINIT Initial value. (Real, XLB XINIT XUB)
XLB Lower bound. (Real, Default = 1.0E+20)
XUB Upper bound. (Real, Default= +1.0E+20)
DELXV Fractional change allowed for the design variable during approximate
optimization. (Real > 0.0, for Default see Remark 2.)
Remarks:
1. DELXV can be used to control the change in the design variable during one optimization
cycle.
2. If DELXV is blank, the default is taken from the specification of the DELX parameter on
the DOPTPRM entry. If DELX is not specified, then the default is 1.0.
DESVAR ID LABEL XINIT XLB XUB DELXV
DESVAR 2 BARA1 35.0 10. 100. 0.2
DLINK
Multiple Design Variable Linking
A-20
DLINK Multiple Design Variable Linking
Relates one design variable to one or more other design variables.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DDVID Dependent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
C0 Constant term. (Real; Default = 0.0)
CMULT Constant multiplier. (Real; Default = 1.0)
IDVi Independent design variable identification number. (Integer > 0)
Ci Coefficient i corresponding to IDVi. (Real)
Remarks:
1. DLINK defines the relationship
2. This capability provides a means of linking physical design variables such as element
thicknesses to nonphysical design variables such as the coefficients of interpolating
functions.
3. CMULT provides a simple means of scaling the Ci. For example if Ci = 1/7, 2/7, 4/7, etc.
is desired, then CMULT = 1/7 and Ci = 1, 2, 4, etc., may be input.
4. An independent IDVi must not occur on the same DLINK entry more than once.
5. ID is for user reference only.
DLINK ID DDVID C0 CMULT IDV1 C1 IDV2 C2
IDV3 C3 -etc.-
DLINK 10 2 0.1 0.33 2 2.0 6 1.0
8 7.0
DDVID C0 CMULT Ci IDVi
i
+ =
A-21
DOPTPRM
DOPTPRM Design Optimization Parameters
Overrides default values of parameters used in design optimization.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
PARAMi Name of the design optimization parameter. Allowable names are given in
Table 1. (Character)
VALi Value of the parameter. (Real or Integer, see Table 1.)
Remarks:
1. Only one DOPTPRM entry is allowed in the Bulk Data Section.
Table 1. PARAMi Names and Descriptions.
DOPTPRM PARAM1 VAL1 PARAM2 VAL2 PARAM3 VAL3 PARAM4 VAL4
PARAM5 VAL5 -etc.-
DOPTPRM IPRINT 5 DESMAX 10
APRCOD Approximation method to be used. 1 = Direct Linearization; 2 = Mixed Method
basedonresponsetype; 3 =Convex Linearization. APRCOD=1is recommended
for shape optimization problems. (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 2)
CONV1 Relative criterion to detect convergence. If the relative change in objective
nated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONV2 Absolute criterion to detect convergence. If the absolute change in objective
nated. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E-20)
CONVDV Relative convergence criterion on design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
CONVPR Relative convergence criterion on properties. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
DOPTPRM
A-22
CT Constraint tolerance. Constraint is considered active if current value is greater
than CT. (Real < 0.0; Default = 0.03)
CTMIN Constraint is considered violated if current value is greater than CTMIN.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.003)
DABOBJ Maximum absolute change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations
(see ITRMOP) to indicate convergence at optimizer level. F0 is the initial objective
function value. (Real > 0.0; Default = MAX[0.00 ABS(F0), 0.0001])
DELB Relative finite difference move parameter. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.0001)
DELOBJ Maximumrelative change in objective between ITRMOP consecutive iterations to
indicate convergence at optimizer level. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
DELP Fractional change allowed in each property during any optimization design cycle.
This provides constraints on property moves. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2)
DELX Fractional change allowed in each design variable during any optimization cycle.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
DESMAX Maximum number of design cycles to be performed. (Integer > 0; Default = 5)
DOBJ1 Relative change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. Used to
estimate initial move in the one-dimensional search. Updated as the optimization
progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.1)
DOBJ2 Absolute change in objective attempted on the first optimization iteration. (Real
> 0.0; Default = 0.2 (F0))
DPMIN Minimum move limit imposed. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX1 Maximumrelative change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization
iteration. Usedtoestimatetheinitial moveintheonedimensional search. Updated
as the optimization progresses. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.01)
DX2 Absolute change in a design variable attempted on the first optimization iteration.
(Real > 0.0; Default = 0.2 MAX[X(I)])
DXMIN Minimum design variable move limit (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.05).
GMAX Maximum constraint violation allowed at the converged optimum. (Real > 0.0;
Default = 0.005)
GSCAL Constraint normalization factor. See Remarks under the DSCREEN and
DCONSTR entries. (Real > 0.0; Default = 0.001)
(Continued)
A-23
DOPTPRM
IGMAX If IGMAX = 0, only gradients of active and violated constraints are calculated. If
IGMAX > 0, up to NCOLA gradients are calculated including active, violated, and
near active constraints. (Integer > 0; Default = 0)
IPRINT Print control during approximate optimization phase. Increasing values represent
increasing levels of optimizer information. (0 Integer 7; Default = 0)
0 no output (Default)
1 internal optimization parameters, initial information, and results
2 same, plus objective function and design variables at each iterations
3 same, plus constraint values and identification of critical constraints
4 same, plus gradients
5 same, plus search direction
6 same, plus scaling factors and miscellaneous search information
7 same, plus one dimensional search information
IPRNT1 If IPRNT1 = 1, print scaling factors for design variable vector. (Integer 0 or 1;
Default = 0)
IPRNT2 If IPRNT2 = 1, print miscellaneous search information. If IPRNT2 = 2, turn on print
during one-dimensional search process. (Warning: This may lead to excessive
output.) (Integer 0, 1, or 2; Default = 0)
ISCAL Design variables are rescaled every ISCAL iterations. Set ISCAL= 1 to turn off
scaling. (Integer; Default = NDV (number of design variables))
ITMAX Maximumnumber of iterations allowedat optimizer level duringeachdesigncycle.
ITRMOP Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be satisfied
to indicate convergence at the optimizer level. (Integer; Default = 2)
ITRMST Number of consecutive iterations for which convergence criteria must be met at
the optimizer level to indicate convergence in the Sequential Linear Programming
Method. (Integer > 0; Default = 2)
JTMAX Maximum number of iterations allowed at the optimizer level for the Sequential
Linear Programming Method. This is the number of linearized subproblems
solved. (Integer 0; Default = 20)
JPRINT Sequential Linear Programming subproblemprint. If JPRINT>0, IPRINTis turned
on during the approximate linear subproblem. (Default = 0)
JWRITE If JWRITE > 0, file number on which iteration history will be written. (Integer > 0;
Default = 0)
(Continued)
DOPTPRM
A-24
METHOD Optimization Method: (Integer 1, 2, or 3; Default = 1)
1: Modified Method of Feasible Directions. (Default)
2: Sequential Linear Programming
3: Sequential Quadratic Programming
P1 Print control items specified for P2. (Integer 0; Default = 0) Initial results are
always printed prior to the first approximate optimization. If an optimization task
is performed, final results are always printed for the final analysis unless
PARAM,SOFTEXIT,YES is specified. These two sets of print are not controllable.
n: Print at every n-th design cycle.
P2 Items to be printed according to P1: (Integer; Default = 1)
0: No print.
1: Print objective and design variables. (Default)
2: Print properties.
4: Print constraints.
8: Print responses.
16: Print weight as a function of a material ID (note that there is not a design
quantity so that only inputs to the approximate design are available).
n: Sumof desired items. For example, P2 = 10 means print properties and
responses.
PTOL Maximum tolerance on differences allowed between the property values on
property entries andtheproperty values calculatedfromthedesignvariablevalues
on the DESVAR entry (through DVPRELi relations). PTOL is provided to trap ill-
posed design models. (The minimum tolerance may be specified on user
parameter DPEPS. See MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Section 6.)
(Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0E+35)
STPSCL Scaling factor for shape finite difference step sizes, to be applied to all shape
design variables. (Real > 0.0; Default = 1.0)
A-25
DRESP1
DRESP1 Design Sensitivity Response Quantities
Defines a set of structural responses that is used in the design either as constraints or as an
objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
ID Unique entry identifier. (Integer > 0)
RTYPE Response type. See table below. (Character)
PTYPE Element flag (PTYPE = ELEM) or property entry name. Used with element type
responses (stress, strain, force, etc.) to identify the property type, since property
entry IDs are not unique across property types. (Character: ELEM, PBAR,
PSHELL, etc.)
REGION Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 10 for defaults.
(Integer > 0)
ATTA, ATTB, Response attributes. See Table 1. (Integer > 0 or Real or blank)
ATTi
(Continued)
DRESP1 ID LABEL RTYPE PTYPE REGION ATTA ATTB ATT1
ATT2 -etc.-
DRESP1 1 DX1 STRESS PROD 2 3 102
103
DRESP1
A-26
Table 1. Design Sensitivity Response Attributes.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)
WEIGHT Blank Blank SEID
i
or ALL
VOLUME Blank Blank SEID
i
or ALL
EIGN Normal Modes Mode
Number
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
FREQ Normal Modes Mode
Number
See Remark 18.
Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
LAMA Buckling Mode Number Approximation Code.
See Remark 19.
Blank
DISP Displacement Component Blank Grid ID
STRAIN Strain Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
STRESS Stress Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
FORCE Force Item Code Blank Property entry (PID)
CSTRAIN Strain Item Code LAMINA Number
CSTRESS Stress Item Code LAMINA Number
CFAILURE Failure Criterion Item
Code
LAMINA Number
FRDISP Displacement Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRVELO Velocity Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRACCL Acceleration Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSPCF SPC Force Component Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
Grid ID
FRSTRE Stress Item Code Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15..
(Continued)
A-27
DRESP1
Remarks:
1. Stress, strain, and force item codes can be found in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference
Guide, Appendix A. For stress or strain item codes that have dual meanings, such as von
Mises or maximum shear, the option specified in the Case Control Section will be used;
i.e., STRESS(VONM) or STRESS(MAXS).
2. RTYPE=CSTRESS, CSTRAIN, and CFAILURE are used only with the PCOMP entry.
CSTRESS and CSTRAIN item codes are described under Table 1. (Element
Stress/Strain Item Codes) in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A.
CFAILURE item codes are described under Table Table 2. (Element Force Item Codes)
in the MSC/NASTRAN Quick Reference Guide, Appendix A. Only force item codes that
refer to failure indices of direct stress and interlaminar shear stress are valid.
(Continued)
FRFORC Force Item Code Frequency Value. (Real >
0.0) See Remark 15.
TDISP Displacement Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TVELO Velocity Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TACCL Acceleration Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSPCF SPC Force Component Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
Grid ID
TSTRE Stress Item Code Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
TFORC Force Item Code Time Value. (Real) See
Remark 16.
TRIM AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Blank Blank
STABDER AESTAT or AESURF
Entry ID
Restraint Flag. (Integer 0
or 1) See Remark 13.
Component
FLUTTER Blank Method (PK or PKNL,
Default = PK).
See Remark 14.
Response
Type
(RTYPE)
Response Attributes
ATTA (Integer > 0)
DRESP1
A-28
The CFAILURE response type requires the following specifications on the applicable
entries:
a. Failure theory in the FT field on PCOMP entry.
b. Allowable bonding shear stress in the SB field on PCOMP entry.
c. Stress limits in the ST, SC, and SS fields on all MATi entries.
3. ATTB is used only for responses of composite laminae, dynamics, and stability deriva-
tives. For other responses, this field must be blank.
4. All grids associated with a DRESP1 entry are considered to be in the same region for
screening purposes. Only up to NSTR displacement constraints (see DSCREEN entry)
per group per load case will be retained in the design optimization phase.
5. DRESP1 identification numbers must be unique with respect to DRESP2 identification
numbers.
6. If PTYPE = ELEM, the ATTi correspond to element identification numbers.
7. If RTYPE = DISP, TDISP, TVELO, TACCL or TSPCF, multiple component num-
bers (any unique combination of the digits 1 through 6 with no embedded blanks) may be
specified on a single entry. Multiple response components may not be used on any other
response types.
8. If RTYPE = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, or FRSPCF only one component number
may be specified in the ATTA field. Numbers 1 through 6 correspond to real (or magni-
tude) components and 7 through 12 imaginary (or phase) components. If more than one
component for the same grid is desired, then a separate entry is required.
9. Real/imaginary representation is the default for complex response types. Magni-
tude/phase representation must be requested by the corresponding Case Control
command; e.g., DlSP(PHASE) = ALL.
10. REGION is used for constraint screening. The NSTR field on DSCREEN entries gives the
maximum number of constraints retained for each region per load case.
IF RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, no REGION identification
number should be specified. For all other responses, if the REGION field is left blank, the
default specified in Table 2 is used. Usually, the default value is appropriate.
If the REGION field is not blank, all the responses on this entry as well as all responses on
other DRESP1 entries that have the same RTYPE and REGION identification number will
be grouped into the same region.
(Continued)
A-29
DRESP1
Table 2. Default Regions for Design Sensitivity Response Types.
11. REGION is valid only among the same type of responses. Responses of different types
will never be grouped into the same region, even if they are assigned the same REGION
identification number by the user.
12. If RTYPE = WEIGHT or VOLUME, field ATTi = ALL implies total weight/volume of all
superelements except external superelements.
13. RTYPE = STABDER identifies a stability derivative response. ATTB is the restraint flag
for the stability derivative. ATTB = 0 means unrestrained, and ATTB = 1 means re-
strained. For example, ATTA = 4000, ATTB = 0, and ATT1 = 3 reference the unrestrained
C
z
derivative for the AESTAT (or AESURF) entry ID = 4000.
(Continued)
Response Type Default Region
WEIGHT No region
VOLUME No region
LAMA No region
EIGN No region
FREQ No region
DISP One region per DRESP1 entry
FRDISP One region per DRESP1 entry
FRVELO One region per DRESP1 entry
FRACCL One region per DRESP1 entry
FRSPCF One region per DRESP1 entry
TDISP One region per DRESP1 entry
TVELO One region per DRESP1 entry
TACCL One region per DRESP1 entry
TSPCF One region per DRESP1 entry
FLUTTER One region per DRESP1 entry
OTHER One region per PROPERTY entry. If PTYPE = ELEM,
then one region per DRESP1 entry
DRESP1
A-30
14. RTYPE = FLUTTER identifies a set of damping responses. The set is specified by ATTi:
ATT1 = Identification number of a SET1 entry that specifies a set of modes.
ATT2 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of densities.
ATT3 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of Mach numbers.
ATT4 = Identification number of an FLFACT entry that specifies a list of velocities.
15. For RTYP = FRDISP, FRVELO, FRACCL, FRSPCF, FRFORC, and FRSTRE,
ATTB specifies a frequency value in cycles per unit time. If ATTB is specified, then the
responses are evaluated at the closest frequency selected by the OFREQ command. The
default for ATTB is all frequencies selected by the OFREQ command.
16. For RTYPE = TDISP, TVELO, TACCL, TSPCF, TFORC, and TSTRE, ATTB
specifies a time value. If ATTB is specified, then the responses are evaluated at the clos-
est time selected by the OTIME command. The default for ATTB is all time steps selected
by the OTIME command.
17. Intermediate station responses on CBAR elements due to PLOAD1 and/or CBARAO en-
tries may not be defined on the DRESP1 entry.
18. RTYPE = EIGN refers to normal modes response in terms of eigenvalue (radi-
an/time)2 while RTYPE = FREQ refers to normal modes response in terms of natural
frequency or units of cycles per unit time.
19. For RTYPE = LAMA, EIGN or FREQ, the response approximation used for optimization
can be individually selected. (Approximation Code = 1 = direct linearization, = 2 = Inverse
Linearization).
A-31
DRESP2
DRESP2 Design Sensitivity Equation Response Quantities
Defines equation responses that are used in the design, either as constraints or as an objective.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
(Continued)
DESVAR DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 DVID4 DVID5 DVID6 DVID7
DVID8 -etc.-
DTABLE LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 LABL4 LABL5 LABL6 LABL7
LABL8 -etc.-
DRESP1 NR1 NR2 NR3 NR4 NR5 NR6 NR7
NR8 -etc.-
DNODE G1 C1 G2 C2 G3 C3
G4 C4 -etc.-
DVPREL1 DPIP1 DPIP2 DPIP3 DPIP4 DPIP5 DPIP6 DPIP7
DPIP8 DPIP9 -etc.-
DRESP2 1 LBUCK 5 3
DESVAR 101 3 4 5 1 205 209
201
DTABLE PI YM L
DRESP1 14 1 4 22 6 33 2
DNODE 14 1 4 1 22 3
2 1 43 1
DVPREL1 101 102
DRESP2
A-32
REGION Region identifier for constraint screening. See Remark 5. (Integer > 0)
DESVAR Flag indicating DESVAR entry identification numbers. (Character)
DTABLE Flag indicating that the labels for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
(Character)
LABLj Label for a constant in the DTABLE entry. (Character)
DRESP1 Flag indicating DRESP1 entry identification numbers. (Character)
NRk DRESP1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
DNODE Flag signifying that the following fields are designed grid points. See Remark 7.
(Character)
Gm Grid point identification number. (Integer > 0)
Cm Degree of freedom number of grid point Gm. (1 Integer 3)
DVPREL1 Flag indicating DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Character)
DPIPi DVPREL1 entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
Remarks:
1. DRESP2 entries may only reference DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, and DVPREL1 en-
tries. They may not reference other DRESP2 entries.
2. Referenced DRESP1 entries cannot span analysis types or superelements.
3. DRESP2 entries must have unique identification numbers with respect to DRESP1
entries.
4. The DESVAR, DTABLE, DRESP1, DNODE, and DVPREL1 flags in field 2 must
appear in the order given above. Any of these words, along with the identification num-
bers associated with them, may be omitted if they are not involved in this DRESP2
relationship. However, at least one of these four types of arguments must exist.
5. The REGION field follows the same rules as for the DRESP1 entries. DRESP1 and
DRESP2 responses will never be contained in the same region, even if they are assigned
the same REGION identification number. The default is to put all responses referenced
by one DRESP2 entry in the same region.
(Continued)
A-33
DRESP2
6. The variables identified by DVIDi, LABLj, NRk, the Gm, Cm pairs and DPIPi are assigned
(in that order) to the variable names (x1, x2, x3, etc.) specified in the left-hand side of the
first equation on the DEQATN entry referenced by EQID. The variable names x1 through
xN (N = m + n + p + q) are assigned in the order DVID1, ..., DVIDm, LABL1, ..., LABLn,
NR1, ..., NRp, G1, ..., Gq, DPIP1, ..., DPIPr. In the example below,
7. (Gm, Cm) refer to a designed grid component. Depending on the scheme used in gener-
ating basis vectors, a designed grid component can be one of the following:
a. A component defined by a DVGRID entry if manual input of DVGRID entries is used.
b. A grid component that is free to move in a full auxiliary model when the external dis-
placement fields are used.
c. When the auxiliary model boundary shape method is used, a designed grid compo-
nent can be either a loaded grid component in the auxiliary model or a grid
component with motion that is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
d. When the interface using geometric boundary shapes is used, a designed grid com-
ponent is either a grid component defined on a DVGRID entry or one with motion that
is obtained from interpolation of boundary shapes.
DRESP2 1 LBUCK 5 3
DESVAR 101 3
DTABLE PI YM
DNODE 14 1
DEQATN 5 F1(A, B, C, D, R) = A + B C (D 3 + 10.0) + sin(C R)
DESVARs 101 and 3 are assigned to arguments A and B.
DTABLEs PI and YM are assigned to arguments C and D.
Grid 14, Component 1 is assigned to argument R.
DSAPRT
A-34
DSAPRT Design Sensitivity Output Parameters
Specifies design sensitivity output parameters.
Format:
Examples:
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,START = FIRST,BY = 3,END = LAST) = 101
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = FIRST)
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,EXPORT)
DSAPRT(FORMATTED,END = 4) = ALL
DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,END = SENS) = ALL
DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT)
Describers Meaning
FORMATTED Output will be presented with headings and labels.
UNFORMATTED Output will be printed as a matrix print (see description of the MATPRN module
in the MSC/NASTRAN DMAP Module Dictionary).
NOPRINT No output will be printed.
EXPORT Output will be exported to an external binary file specified by PARAM,IUNIT.
NOEXPORT Output will not be exported to an external binary file.
START = i Specifies the first design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST or
LAST; Default = 1 or FIRST)
BY = j Specifies the design cycle interval for output. (Integer 1, or > 0; Default = 0)
See Remark 2.
END = k Specifies the last design cycle for output. (Integer > 0 or Character: FIRST,
LAST, or SENS; Default = LAST)
ALL All design responses (defined in DRESP1 and DRESP2 entries) will be output.
n Set identification of a previously appearing SET command. Only sensitivities of
responses with identification numbers that appear on this SET command will be
output. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
DSAPRT (
FORMATTED
UNFORMATTED
NOPRINT
NOEXPORT
EXPORT
START = i [ ] BY = j [ ] END = k [ ] ) , , , ,
ALL
n
NONE

' ;

=
A-35
DSAPRT
Remarks:
1. Only one DSAPRT may appear in the Case Control Section and should appear above all
SUBCASE commands.
2. Sensitivity data will be output at design cycles i, i + j, i + 2j, ..., k. Note that the BY = 0
default implies no sensitivity analysis at the intermediate design cycles.
3. END = SENS requests design sensitivity analysis, and no optimization will be performed.
4. Prior to Version 69, PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7 requested design sensitivity output and
may still be used in Version 69. However, if both DSAPRT and PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4,
or 7 are specified, then DSAPRT overrides PARAM,OPTEXIT,4, 4, or 7.
PARAM,OPTEXIT values and the equivalent DSAPRT commands are as follows:
OPTEXIT Equivalent DSAPRT Command
4 DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED, END = SENS)
4 DSAPRT(NOPRINT,EXPORT,END = SENS)
7 DSAPRT(UNFORMATTED,START = LAST)
A-36
DSCREEN
A-37
DSCREEN Design Constraint Screening Data
Defines screening data for constraint deletion.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
RTYPE Response type for which the screening criteria apply. See Table 1. (Character)
TRS Truncation threshold. (Real; Default = 0.5)
NSTR Maximum number of constraints to be retained per region per load case. See
Remark 3. (Integer > 0; Default = 20)
Remarks:
1. Displacement and displacement derivative constraints associated with one particular load
case are grouped by the specification of DRESP1 entries. From each group, a maximum
of NSTR constraints are retained per load case.
Table 1. Default Region Specifications for RTYPE.
(Continued)
DSCREEN RTYPE TRS NSTR
DSCREEN STRESS 0.7 2
Default Region
RTYPESpecification
FRVELO DRESP1
FRACCL DRESP1
FRSTRE Property ID
FRFORC Property ID
FRSPC DRESP1
TACCL DRESP1
TDISP DRESP1
TVELO DRESP1
TSTRE Property ID
TFORC Property ID
TSPC DRESP1
Default Region
RTYPESpecification
DISP DRESP1
STRESS Property ID
STRAIN Property ID
FORCE Property ID
EQUA DRESP2
CSTRESS Property ID
CSTRAIN Property ID
CFAILURE Property ID
FLUTTER DRESP1
FRDISP DRESP1
A-38
DSCREEN
2. Stress-strain constraints are grouped by the property; i.e., all elements belonging to the
set of PIDs specified under ATTi on a DRESPi entry are regarded as belonging to the
same region. In superelement sensitivity analysis, if the property (PID) is defined in more
than one superelement, then separate regions are defined. A particular stress constraint
specification may be applied to many elements in a region generating many stress con-
straints, but only up to NSTR constraints per load case will be retained.
3. If RTYPE = WEIGHT, VOLUME, EIGN, FREQ, LAMA, TRIM, or STABDER
then NSTR is not applicable.
4. If a certain type of constraint exists but no corresponding DSCREEN entry is specified, all
the screening criteria used for this type of constraint will be furnished by the default
values.
5. Constraints can be retained only if they are greater than TRS. See the Remarks under
the DCONSTR entry for a definition of constraint value.
6. Constraint screening is applied to each superelement.
DTABLE
Table Constants
A-39
DTABLE Table Constants
Defines a table of real constants that are used in equations (see DEQATN entry).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
LABLi Label for the constant. (Character)
VALUi Value of the constant. (Real)
Remarks:
1. Only one DTABLE entry may be specified in the Bulk Data Section.
2. LABLi are referenced by the LABi on the DVPREL2 or DRESP2 entries.
DTABLE LABL1 VALU1 LABL2 VALU2 LABL3 VALU3 LABL4 VALU4
LABL5 VALU5 LABL6 VALU6 -etc.-
DTABLE PI 3.142 H 10.1 E 1.0E6 T 0.1
G 5.5E5 B 100.
Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
A-40
DVBSHAP
DVBSHAP Design Variable to Boundary Shapes
Associates a design variable identification number to a linear combination of boundary shape
vectors from a particular auxiliary model.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID Design variable identification number of a DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
AUXMOD Auxiliary model identification number. (Integer > 0)
COLi Load sequence identification number from AUXMODEL Case Control command.
(Integer > 0)
SFi Scaling factor for load sequence identification number. (Real; Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1. Design variable DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2. Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in the vector addition of the
referenced boundary shape vectors.
3. Multiple DVBSHAP entries may be specified.
DVBSHAP DVID AUXMOD COL1 SF1 COL2 SF2 COL3 SF3
DVBSHAP 4 1 1 1.6
DVGRID
A-41
DVGRID Design Variable to Grid Point Relation
Defines the relationship between design variables and grid point locations.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID DESVAR entry identification number. (Integer > 0)
GID Grid point (GRID) or geometric point (POINT) identification number. (Integer > 0)
CID Coordinate system identification number. (Integer 0; Default = 0)
COEFF Multiplier of the vector defined by Ni. (Real; Default = 0.0)
Ni Components of the vector measured in the coordinate system defined by CID.
(Real; at least one Ni 0.0.)
Remarks:
1. A CID of zero or blank (the default) references the basic coordinate system.
2. Multiple references to the same grid ID and design variable result in vectorial addition of
the participation vectors defined by CID, COEFF, and Ni. There is no restriction on the
number of DVGRID entries that may reference a given grid (GID) or design variable
(DVID).
3. The coordinate update equation is given as
where is the location of the i-th grid, .
The vector is determined from CID and Ni. Note that it is a change
in a design variable from its initial value , and not the absolute value of the design
variable itself, that represents a change in a grid point location, .
(Continued)
DVGRID DVID GID CID COEFF N1 N2 N3
DVGRID 3 108 5 0.2 0.5 0.3 1.0
g { }
i
g { }
i
0
COEFF
j
i
X
DVIDj
X
DVIDj
0
( ) N { }
j
=
g { }
i
g
x
g
y
g
z
[ ]
T
N { } N
x
N
y
N
z
[ ]
T
=
X
0
g { }
i
g { }
i
0

A-42
DVGRID
4. The DVGRID entry defines the participation coefficients (basis vectors) of each design
variable for each of the coordinates affected by the design process in the relationship
5. DVGRID entries that reference grid points on MPCs or RSSCON entries produce incorrect
sensitivities. Often the sensitivities are 0.0 which may result in a warning message indi-
cating zero gradients which may be followed by UFM 6499. Other rigid elements produce
correct results.
g { }
i
T { }
i j
X
j
j
=
DVPREL1
A-43
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design variables.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
FlD Field position of the property entry, or word position in the element property table
of the analysis model. (Integer 0)
location, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be explicitly set
to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for example, field
ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.0E20)
C0 Constant term of relation. (Real; Default = 0.0)
COEFi Coefficient of linear relation. (Real)
Remarks:
1. The relationship between the analysis model property and design variables is given by:
2. The continuation entry is required.
(Continued)
DVPREL1 ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX C0
DVID1 COEF1 DVID2 COEF2 DVID3 -etc.-
DVPREL1 12 PBAR 612 6 0.2 3.0
4 0.25 20 20.0 5 0.3
P
i
C0 COEFi
i
+ DVIDi =
A-44
DVPREL1
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in the element
property table. For example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3
can be used. However, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See the following
element property table for the word positions for PBEAM.
Table 2. EPT Section for PTYPE = PBEAM.
Word Type Item
1 I Property ID
2 I Material ID
3 I Number of segments
4 I Constant cross section flag (1 = yes, 0 = no)
5 I Unused
6 I Stress output request flag, SO (1 = yes, 0 = no)
7 R X/XB ratio; at end A, X/XB = 0.0
8 through 13 R A, I1, I2, I12, J, NSM
14 through 21 R C1, C2, D1, D2, E1, E2, F1, F2
22
23
24 through 29
30 through 37
I
R
R
R
Repeat of words 6through21for the1st intermediate
station
38
39
40 through 45
46 through 53
I
R
R
R
2nd intermediate station
54
55
56 through 61
62 through 69
I
R
R
R
3rd intermediate station
70
71
72 through 77
78 through 85
I
R
R
R
86
87
88 through 93
94 through 101
I
R
R
R
(Continued)
DVPREL1
A-45
102
103
104 through 109
110 through 117
I
R
R
R
118
119
120 through 125
126 through 133
I
R
R
R
134
135
136 through 141
142 through 149
I
R
R
R
150
151
152 through 157
158 through 165
I
R
R
R
166
167
168 through 173
174 through 181
I
R
R
R
End B
182 through 189 R K1, K2, S1, S2, NSI(A), NSI(B), CW(A), CW(B)
190 through 197 R M1(A), M2(A), M1(B), M2(B), N1(A), N2(A), N1(B),
N2(B)
Word Type Item
A-46
DVPREL2
Defines the relation between an analysis model property and design variables with a user-supplied
equation.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
FID Field position of the property in the analysis model entry. (Integer 0)
location field, then the default value for PMIN is 1.0+35. PMIN must be
explicitly set to a negative number for properties that may be less than zero (for
example, field ZO on the PCOMP entry). (Real; Default = 1.E20)
DESVAR DESVAR flag. Indicates that the IDs of DESVAR entries follow. (Character)
DTABLE DTABLE flag. Indicates that the IDs for the constants in a DTABLE entry follow.
This field may be omitted if there are no constants involved in this relation.
(Character)
LABLi Label for a constant on the DTABLE entry. (Integer > 0)
(Continued)
DVPREL2 ID TYPE PID FID PMIN PMAX EQID
DESVAR DVID1 DVID2 DVID3 -etc.-
DTABLE LABL1 LABL2 LABL3 -etc.-
DVPREL2 13 PBAR 712 5 0.2 4
DESVAR 4 11 13 5
DTABLE PI YM
DVPREL2
A-47
Remarks:
1. The variables identified by DVIDi and LABLi correspond to variable names (x1, x2, etc.)
listed in the left-hand side of the first equation on the DEQATN entry identified by EQID.
The variable names x1 through xN (where N = m + n) are assigned in the order DVID1,
DVID2, ..., DVIDn, LABL1, LABL2, ..., LABLm.
2. If both DESVAR and DTABLE are specified in field 2, DESVAR must appear first.
on a property entry. If FID < 0, it identifies the word position of an entry in EPT. For
example, to specify the area of a PBAR, either FID = +4 or FID = 3 may be used. How-
ever, if PTYPE = PBEAM, FID must be negative. See Remark 4 on the DVPREL1 entry
description for specification of the PBEAM element property tables.
DVSHAP
Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
A-48
DVSHAP Design Variable to Basis Vector(s)
Defines a shape basis vector by relating a design variable identification number (DVID) to columns
of a displacement matrix.
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
DVID Design variable identification number on the DESVAR entry. (Integer > 0)
COLi Column number of the displacement matrix. See Remark 2. (1 Integer
maximum column number in the displacement matrix.)
SFi Scaling factor applied to the COLi-th column of the displacement matrix. (Real;
Default = 1.0)
Remarks:
1. DVID must be defined on a DESVAR entry.
2. COLi must be a valid column number in the displacement matrix.
3. Multiple references to the same DVID and/or COLi will result in a linear combination of
displacement vectors. In the example above, the shape basis vector is a linear combina-
tion of the fourth column and twice the second column.
4. The displacement matrix must have been created by MSC/NASTRAN and be available on
a database, which is attached via the DBLOCATE FMS statement shown below:
ASSIGN DISPMAT= physical filename of MASTER DBset
DBLOCATE DATABLK=(UG/UGD,GEOM1/GEOM1D,GEOM2/GEOM2D) ,
LOGICAL=DISPMAT
DVSHAP DVID COL1 SF1 COL2 SF2 COL3 SF3
DVSHAP 2 1 2.0 4 1.0
Mode Tracking Parameters
A-49
MODTRAK
MODTRAK Mode Tracking Parameters
Specifies parameters for mode tracking in design optimization (SOL 200).
Format:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Example:
Field Contents
SID Sets identification number that is selected in the Case Control Section with the
MODTRAK command. (Integer; No Default) See Remark 1.
LOWRNG Lowest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer 0,
Default = 0. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
HIGHRNG Highest mode number in range to search. See Remark 2. (Integer > 0,
Default = number of eigenvalues extracted. If nonzero, LOWRNG < HIGHRNG.)
MTFILTER Filtering parameter used in mode cross-orthogonality check. See Remark 3.
(Real, Default = 0.9)
Remarks:
1. Only the designed modes for the subcase will be tracked. A designed mode is one that is
used in the design model (in connection with either objective or constraints) and, there-
fore, identified on a DRESP1 entry.
2. The range of modes LOWRNG through HIGHRNG, inclusive, will be used to track the de-
signed modes. If LOWRNG and HIGHRNG are both blank, then all computed modes will
be used to search for the designed modes. Since large numbers of computed modes will
result in higher computational costs, limiting the search range with LOWRNG and HIGH-
RNG is recommended.
3. Modes are considered to correlate if their mass normalized cross orthogonalities are
greater than MTFILTER.
MODTRAK SID LOWRNG HIGHRNGMTFILTER
MODTRAK 100 1 26 0.80

Nas 107

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Nas 107

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

The

Stability derivative values restrained or unrestrained

Design Variable to Grid Point Relation

Você também pode gostar